LT3376B - N-substituted heterocyclic derivatives, process fof their preparation, intermediates, process for their preparation and pharmaceutical composition - Google Patents

N-substituted heterocyclic derivatives, process fof their preparation, intermediates, process for their preparation and pharmaceutical composition Download PDF

Info

Publication number
LT3376B
LT3376B LTIP586A LTIP586A LT3376B LT 3376 B LT3376 B LT 3376B LT IP586 A LTIP586 A LT IP586A LT IP586 A LTIP586 A LT IP586A LT 3376 B LT3376 B LT 3376B
Authority
LT
Lithuania
Prior art keywords
alkyl
compound
formula
group
phenyl
Prior art date
Application number
LTIP586A
Other languages
Lithuanian (lt)
Inventor
Claude Bernhart
Jean-Claude Breliere
Jacques Clement
Dino Nisato
Pierre Perreaut
Original Assignee
Sanofi Elf
Priority date (The priority date is an assumption and is not a legal conclusion. Google has not performed a legal analysis and makes no representation as to the accuracy of the date listed.)
Filing date
Publication date
Application filed by Sanofi Elf filed Critical Sanofi Elf
Publication of LTIP586A publication Critical patent/LTIP586A/en
Publication of LT3376B publication Critical patent/LT3376B/en

Links

Classifications

    • CCHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
    • C07ORGANIC CHEMISTRY
    • C07DHETEROCYCLIC COMPOUNDS
    • C07D235/00Heterocyclic compounds containing 1,3-diazole or hydrogenated 1,3-diazole rings, condensed with other rings
    • C07D235/02Heterocyclic compounds containing 1,3-diazole or hydrogenated 1,3-diazole rings, condensed with other rings condensed with carbocyclic rings or ring systems
    • CCHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
    • C07ORGANIC CHEMISTRY
    • C07DHETEROCYCLIC COMPOUNDS
    • C07D231/00Heterocyclic compounds containing 1,2-diazole or hydrogenated 1,2-diazole rings
    • C07D231/02Heterocyclic compounds containing 1,2-diazole or hydrogenated 1,2-diazole rings not condensed with other rings
    • C07D231/10Heterocyclic compounds containing 1,2-diazole or hydrogenated 1,2-diazole rings not condensed with other rings having two or three double bonds between ring members or between ring members and non-ring members
    • C07D231/12Heterocyclic compounds containing 1,2-diazole or hydrogenated 1,2-diazole rings not condensed with other rings having two or three double bonds between ring members or between ring members and non-ring members with only hydrogen atoms, hydrocarbon or substituted hydrocarbon radicals, directly attached to ring carbon atoms
    • CCHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
    • C07ORGANIC CHEMISTRY
    • C07DHETEROCYCLIC COMPOUNDS
    • C07D233/00Heterocyclic compounds containing 1,3-diazole or hydrogenated 1,3-diazole rings, not condensed with other rings
    • C07D233/54Heterocyclic compounds containing 1,3-diazole or hydrogenated 1,3-diazole rings, not condensed with other rings having two double bonds between ring members or between ring members and non-ring members
    • C07D233/56Heterocyclic compounds containing 1,3-diazole or hydrogenated 1,3-diazole rings, not condensed with other rings having two double bonds between ring members or between ring members and non-ring members with only hydrogen atoms or radicals containing only hydrogen and carbon atoms, attached to ring carbon atoms
    • CCHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
    • C07ORGANIC CHEMISTRY
    • C07DHETEROCYCLIC COMPOUNDS
    • C07D233/00Heterocyclic compounds containing 1,3-diazole or hydrogenated 1,3-diazole rings, not condensed with other rings
    • C07D233/54Heterocyclic compounds containing 1,3-diazole or hydrogenated 1,3-diazole rings, not condensed with other rings having two double bonds between ring members or between ring members and non-ring members
    • C07D233/66Heterocyclic compounds containing 1,3-diazole or hydrogenated 1,3-diazole rings, not condensed with other rings having two double bonds between ring members or between ring members and non-ring members with hetero atoms or with carbon atoms having three bonds to hetero atoms with at the most one bond to halogen, e.g. ester or nitrile radicals, directly attached to ring carbon atoms
    • C07D233/70One oxygen atom
    • CCHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
    • C07ORGANIC CHEMISTRY
    • C07DHETEROCYCLIC COMPOUNDS
    • C07D239/00Heterocyclic compounds containing 1,3-diazine or hydrogenated 1,3-diazine rings
    • C07D239/70Heterocyclic compounds containing 1,3-diazine or hydrogenated 1,3-diazine rings condensed with carbocyclic rings or ring systems
    • CCHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
    • C07ORGANIC CHEMISTRY
    • C07DHETEROCYCLIC COMPOUNDS
    • C07D249/00Heterocyclic compounds containing five-membered rings having three nitrogen atoms as the only ring hetero atoms
    • C07D249/02Heterocyclic compounds containing five-membered rings having three nitrogen atoms as the only ring hetero atoms not condensed with other rings
    • C07D249/081,2,4-Triazoles; Hydrogenated 1,2,4-triazoles
    • CCHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
    • C07ORGANIC CHEMISTRY
    • C07DHETEROCYCLIC COMPOUNDS
    • C07D403/00Heterocyclic compounds containing two or more hetero rings, having nitrogen atoms as the only ring hetero atoms, not provided for by group C07D401/00
    • C07D403/02Heterocyclic compounds containing two or more hetero rings, having nitrogen atoms as the only ring hetero atoms, not provided for by group C07D401/00 containing two hetero rings
    • C07D403/10Heterocyclic compounds containing two or more hetero rings, having nitrogen atoms as the only ring hetero atoms, not provided for by group C07D401/00 containing two hetero rings linked by a carbon chain containing aromatic rings
    • CCHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
    • C07ORGANIC CHEMISTRY
    • C07DHETEROCYCLIC COMPOUNDS
    • C07D417/00Heterocyclic compounds containing two or more hetero rings, at least one ring having nitrogen and sulfur atoms as the only ring hetero atoms, not provided for by group C07D415/00
    • C07D417/02Heterocyclic compounds containing two or more hetero rings, at least one ring having nitrogen and sulfur atoms as the only ring hetero atoms, not provided for by group C07D415/00 containing two hetero rings
    • C07D417/12Heterocyclic compounds containing two or more hetero rings, at least one ring having nitrogen and sulfur atoms as the only ring hetero atoms, not provided for by group C07D415/00 containing two hetero rings linked by a chain containing hetero atoms as chain links
    • CCHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
    • C07ORGANIC CHEMISTRY
    • C07DHETEROCYCLIC COMPOUNDS
    • C07D471/00Heterocyclic compounds containing nitrogen atoms as the only ring hetero atoms in the condensed system, at least one ring being a six-membered ring with one nitrogen atom, not provided for by groups C07D451/00 - C07D463/00
    • C07D471/02Heterocyclic compounds containing nitrogen atoms as the only ring hetero atoms in the condensed system, at least one ring being a six-membered ring with one nitrogen atom, not provided for by groups C07D451/00 - C07D463/00 in which the condensed system contains two hetero rings
    • C07D471/10Spiro-condensed systems
    • CCHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
    • C07ORGANIC CHEMISTRY
    • C07DHETEROCYCLIC COMPOUNDS
    • C07D491/00Heterocyclic compounds containing in the condensed ring system both one or more rings having oxygen atoms as the only ring hetero atoms and one or more rings having nitrogen atoms as the only ring hetero atoms, not provided for by groups C07D451/00 - C07D459/00, C07D463/00, C07D477/00 or C07D489/00
    • C07D491/02Heterocyclic compounds containing in the condensed ring system both one or more rings having oxygen atoms as the only ring hetero atoms and one or more rings having nitrogen atoms as the only ring hetero atoms, not provided for by groups C07D451/00 - C07D459/00, C07D463/00, C07D477/00 or C07D489/00 in which the condensed system contains two hetero rings
    • C07D491/10Spiro-condensed systems
    • YGENERAL TAGGING OF NEW TECHNOLOGICAL DEVELOPMENTS; GENERAL TAGGING OF CROSS-SECTIONAL TECHNOLOGIES SPANNING OVER SEVERAL SECTIONS OF THE IPC; TECHNICAL SUBJECTS COVERED BY FORMER USPC CROSS-REFERENCE ART COLLECTIONS [XRACs] AND DIGESTS
    • Y02TECHNOLOGIES OR APPLICATIONS FOR MITIGATION OR ADAPTATION AGAINST CLIMATE CHANGE
    • Y02PCLIMATE CHANGE MITIGATION TECHNOLOGIES IN THE PRODUCTION OR PROCESSING OF GOODS
    • Y02P20/00Technologies relating to chemical industry
    • Y02P20/50Improvements relating to the production of bulk chemicals
    • Y02P20/55Design of synthesis routes, e.g. reducing the use of auxiliary or protecting groups

Landscapes

  • Chemical & Material Sciences (AREA)
  • Organic Chemistry (AREA)
  • Pharmaceuticals Containing Other Organic And Inorganic Compounds (AREA)
  • Organic Low-Molecular-Weight Compounds And Preparation Thereof (AREA)

Abstract

The subject of the invention is N-substituted imidazolinone derivatives. These derivatives correspond to the formula: <IMAGE> in which: - R1 and R2, which are alike or different, each independently represent hydrogen, an alkyl, an alkoxy, a carboxyl, an alkoxycarbonyl, a cyano, a tetrazolyl, a methylsulphonylamino or a trifluoromethylsulphonylamino, provided that at least one of the R1 or R2 substituents is other than hydrogen; - R3 represents an alkyl, an alkenyl, a phenyl, a phenylalkyl or a phenylalkenyl, the said phenyl groups being substituted one or more times by a halogen atom, an alkyl, a hydroxyl or an alkoxy; - R4 and R5 each independently represent an alkyl, a phenyl or a phenylalkyl, the said alkyl, phenyl and phenylalkyl groups optionally being substituted; - or R4 and R5, bonded together, represent either a group of the formula (CH2)n or a group of formula (CH2)pY(CH2)q in which n is an integer between 2 and 6, p + q = n and Y is an oxygen or sulphur atom or a group N-R6 in which R6 represents a hydrogen, an alkyl, a phenylalkyl or an N-protective group; and its salts. Application: Angiotensin-II antagonists.

Description

Šis išradimas skirtas - N-pakeistiems heterocikliniams dariniams, jų gavimo būdui ir vaistinėms kompozicijoms, kurių sudėtyje yra minėti dariniai.The present invention is directed to - N-substituted heterocyclic derivatives, processes for their preparation and pharmaceutical compositions containing said derivatives.

Išradime pateikti junginiai pasižymi antagonistinėmis savybėmis angiotenzino II atžvilgiu, kuris yra peptidinis hormonas, turintis šią formulę:The compounds of the invention exhibit antagonistic properties with respect to angiotensin II, a peptide hormone having the following formula:

H-Asp-Arg-Val-Tyr-Ile-His-Pro-Phe-OHH-Asp-Arg-Val-Tyr-Ile-His-Pro-Phe-OH

Angiotenzinas II yra stiprus vazopresorius, biologiškai aktyvus reninangiotenzino sistemos produktas: reninui veikiant angiotenzinogeno plzmą, susidaro angiotenzinas 1, kuris, atitinkamo fermento veikiamas, virsta angiotenzinu II.Angiotensin II is a potent vasopressor, a biologically active product of the reninangiotensin system: the action of renin on the plasma of angiotensinogen results in the formation of angiotensin 1, which is converted to angiotensin II by the enzyme.

Šio išradimo junginiai yra nepeptidiniai junginiai, angiotenzino II antagonistai. Slopinant angiotenzino II veikimą per atitinkamus receptorius, šio išradimo junginiai stabdo kraujo spaudimo, susidarančio sąveikoje hormonas-receptorius, didėjimą, be to, jie pasižymi ir kitu fiziologiniu veikimu centrinės nervų sistemos lygyje.The compounds of the present invention are non-peptide compounds, angiotensin II antagonists. By inhibiting the action of angiotensin II through their respective receptors, the compounds of the present invention inhibit the increase in blood pressure produced by the hormone-receptor interaction and also exhibit other physiological activity at the central nervous system level.

Tokiu būdu, išradime pateikti junginiai yra naudingi gydant širdies-kraujagyslių susirgimus tokius kaip hipertenzija, širdies nepakankamumas, o taip pat centrinės nervų sistemos susirgimus, glaukomą ir diabetinę retikopatiją.Thus, the compounds of the invention are useful in the treatment of cardiovascular disorders such as hypertension, heart failure as well as central nervous system disorders, glaucoma and diabetic reticopathy.

Šio išradimo objektas yra junginiai, kurių formulė:The present invention relates to compounds having the formula:

K,K,

čia:here:

-Rx ir R2 yra vienodi arba skirtingi ir, nepriklausomai vienas nuo kito, yra vandenilis arba grupė, parinkta iš alkilo Cx-C6, C1-C4-alkoksilo amino, aminometilo, karboksilo, alkoksikarbonilo, kurioje alkoksigrupė yra Cx-C4 tipo, ciano, tetrazolino, metiltetrazolino, metilsulfonilamino, trifluormetilsulfonilamino, trifluormetilsulfonilaminometilo, N-cianoacetamido, N-hidroksiacetamido, N-/(4-karboksi)-1,3-tiazol-2-il/acetamido, ureido, 2-cianoguanidinkarbonilo, 2-cianoguanidinmetilo, 1-imidazolilkarbonilo, 3-ciano-2-metilizo-tioureidmetilo grupių, tuo atveju, kai mažiausiai vienas Rx arba R2 pakaitų skiriasi nuo vandenilio;-R x and R 2 are the same or different and independently of one another are hydrogen or a group selected from alkyl C x -C 6 , C 1 -C 4 -alkoxylamino, aminomethyl, carboxyl, alkoxycarbonyl wherein the alkoxy group is C x -C 4 type, cyano, tetrazoline, methyltetrazoline, methylsulfonylamino, trifluoromethylsulfonylamino, trifluoromethylsulfonylaminomethyl, N-cyanoacetamide, N-hydroxyacetamide, N - ((4-carboxy) -1,3-thiazol-2-yl / acetamide, ureido, 2 -cyanoguanidine carbonyl, 2-cyanoguanidine methyl, 1-imidazolylcarbonyl, 3-cyano-2-methylisothioureidmethyl, wherein at least one of R x or R 2 is different from hydrogen;

-R3 yra vandenilis, alkilas Οχ6, nepakeistas arba pakeistas vienu arba keliais halogeno atomais, alkenilas C2-C6, cikloalkilas C3-C7, fenilas, fenilalkilas, kuriame alkilas yra C^-C^ tipo, fenilalkenilas, kuriame alkenilas yra C2-C3 tipo, be to, nurodytos fenilo grupės yra vieną ar keletą katu nepakeistos halogeno atomu, alkilu Cx-C4, halogenalkilu Cx-C4, polihalogenalkilu Cx-C4, hidroksilu arba alkoksigrupė C1-C4;-R 3 is hydrogen, alkyl Ο χ- Ο 6 , unsubstituted or substituted by one or more halogen atoms, alkenyl C 2 -C 6 , cycloalkyl C 3 -C 7 , phenyl, phenylalkyl in which the alkyl is C 1 -C 4, phenylalkenyl wherein the alkenyl is of the C 2 -C 3 type, wherein the phenyl groups are one or more unsubstituted halogen, alkyl C x -C 4 , haloalkyl C x -C 4 , polyhaloalkyl C x -C 4 , hydroxy or alkoxy C 1 -C 4 ;

-R4 ir R5, nepriklausomai vienas nuo kito, yra alkilas Cx-C6, fenilas, fenilalkilas, kurio alkilas yra CxC3 tipo, be to, nurodytos alkilo, fenilo ir fenilalkilo grupės yra nepakeistos arba pakeistos vienu arba keletu halogeno atomais, arba viena grupe, parinkta iš alkilo Cx-C4, hidroksilo, alkoksigrupės Cx-C4;-R 4 and R 5 independently of one another are alkyl C x -C 6 , phenyl, phenylalkyl having C x C 3 alkyl, and the alkyl, phenyl and phenylalkyl groups mentioned are unsubstituted or substituted by one or more halogen, or one group selected from alkyl C x -C 4 , hydroxyl, alkoxy C x -C 4 ;

arba R4ir R5 kartu sudaro grupę, kurios formulė =CR7R8, ir kurioje R7 yra vandenilis, alkilas Cx-C4 arba fenilas, o R8 yra alkilas Cx-C4 arba fenilas;or R 4 and R 5 together form a group of formula = CR 7 R 8 wherein R 7 is hydrogen, alkyl C x -C 4 or phenyl, and R 8 is alkyl C x -C 4 or phenyl;

- arba R4 ir R5, kartu sujungti, sudaro grupę, kurios formulė (CH2)n, arba (CH2) py(CH2) q, kur γ yra arba deguonies atomas, arba sieros atomas, arba anglies atomas, pakeistas alkilu Cx-C4, fenilu arba fenilalkilu, kurio alkilas yra Cx-C3 tipo, arba N-R6 grupe, kurioje R6 yra vandenilis, alkilas Cx-C4, fenilalkilas, kurio alkilas yra Cx-C3 tipo, alkilkarbonilas Cx-C4, halogenalkilkarbonilas Cx-C4, polihalogenalkilkarbonilas Cx-C4, benzoilas, alfa-aminoacilas arba N-apsaugos grupė, R4 ir R5, kartu su anglies, prie kurio jie prijungti, atomu sudaro indaną arba adamantaną:- either R 4 and R 5 , taken together, form a group of formula (CH 2 ) n or (CH 2 ) p y (CH 2 ) q , where γ is either an oxygen atom, a sulfur atom, or a carbon atom, substituted by alkyl C x -C 4 , phenyl or phenylalkyl whose alkyl is C x -C 3 , or by a NR 6 group in which R 6 is hydrogen, alkyl C x -C 4 , phenylalkyl whose alkyl is C x -C 3 type, alkylcarbonyl C x -C 4 , haloalkylcarbonyl C x -C 4 , polyhaloalkylcarbonyl C x -C 4 , benzoyl, alpha-aminoacyl or N-protecting group, R 4 and R 5 together with the carbon to which they are attached consisting of indan or adamantane:

-p+q=m;-p + q = m;

-n - yra sveikas skaičius nuo 2 iki 11;-n is an integer from 2 to 11;

-m - yra sveikas skaičius nuo 2 iki 5;-m is an integer from 2 to 5;

-x yra deguonies atomas arba sieros atomas;-x is an oxygen atom or a sulfur atom;

-Z ir t lygūs nuliui arba vienas šių indeksų lygus nuliui, o kitas lygus vienetui;-Z and t are zero or one of these indices is zero and the other is one;

arba jų druskas.or salts thereof.

Kai išradimo junginių anglis yra asimetrinė, tai išradimui priskiriami ir šių junginių optiniai 2 izomerai.When the carbon of the compounds of the invention is asymmetric, the optical 2 isomers of these compounds are also included in the invention.

Šio išradimo /1/ formulės junginių druskoms priskiriamos druskos, kurių sudėtyje yra mineralinės arba organinės rūgštys, kuriomis galima išskirti arba tinkamai kristalinti /1/ formulės junginius, tokios kaip pikrino rūgštis, rūgštynių rūgštis optiškai aktyvi rūgštis, pavyzdžiui, migdolo rūgštis arba kamfosulforūgštis ir kurios sudaro vaistams tinkamas druskas, tokias kaip chlorhidratai, bromhidratai, sulfatai, hidrosulfatai, dihidrofosfatai, metansulfonatai, metilsulfonatai, maleatai, fumaratai, 2-naftalinsulfonatai.The salts of the compounds of the formula (I) of the present invention include salts containing mineral or organic acids which are capable of isolating or properly crystallizing the compounds of the formula (I), such as picric acid, sour acid, optically active acid such as formic acid or camph forms pharmaceutically acceptable salts such as chlorohydrates, bromohydrates, sulfates, hydrosulfates, dihydrophosphates, methanesulfonates, methyl sulfonates, maleates, fumarates, 2-naphthalenesulfonates.

Taip pat /1/ formulės junginių druskoms priskiriamos druskos su organinėmis ir mineralinėmis bazėmis, pvz. šarminių arba žemės šarminių metalų druskos, tokios kaip natrio, kalio, kalcio druskos, be to, tinkamesnės natrio ir kalio druskos, arba su tretiniu aminu, tokiu kaip trimetamolis, arba arginino, lizino arba bet kokio fiziologiškai tinkamo amino druskos.Also salts of the compounds of formula (1) include organic and mineral bases, e.g. alkali or alkaline earth metal salts such as sodium, potassium, calcium salts, more preferably sodium and potassium salts, or with a tertiary amine such as trimetamol, or salts of arginine, lysine or any physiologically acceptable amine.

Šiame aprašyme ir kitose nuorodose halogeno atomais yra bromo, chloro arba fluoro atomai; N-apsaugos grupe (žymimos taip pat kaip Pr) yra grupė, paprastai naudojama peptidų chemijoje, norint laikinai apsaugoti aminogrupes, pavyzdžiui, grupės BOK, Z, FMOK arba benzilo grupė; esterifikuota karboksigrupė yra esteris, nepatvarus atitinkamose sąlygose, kaip, pavyzdžiui, metilo, etilo, benzilo arba tret-butilo esteris. Alkilas yra alifatinių prisotintų linijinių arba šakotų angliavandenilių liekanos.In this specification and other references, halogen atoms include bromine, chlorine or fluorine atoms; An N-protecting group (also designated as Pr) is a group commonly used in peptide chemistry to temporarily protect amino groups, such as BOK, Z, FMOK, or benzyl; an esterified carboxy group is an ester which is unstable under appropriate conditions such as, for example, methyl, ethyl, benzyl or tert-butyl ester. Alkyl is the residue of an aliphatic saturated linear or branched hydrocarbon.

Tinkamesni yra (I) formulės junginiai, kuriuose Rx, būdamas orto-padėtyje, yra karboksigrupė arba tetrazolilas, o R2 yra vandenilis.More preferred are compounds of formula (I) wherein R x in the ortho position is carboxy or tetrazolyl and R 2 is hydrogen.

Tinkamesni yra /1/ formulės junginiai, kuriuose R4 ir R5, kartu su anglimi, su kuria jie surišti, sudaro ciklopentaną arba cikloheksaną.More preferred are compounds of formula / 1 / wherein R 4 and R 5 together with the carbon to which they are attached form cyclopentane or cyclohexane.

Analogiškai, /1/ formulės junginiai yra tinkamesni, kai R3 yra linijinė alkilinę grupė Cį-Cg.Similarly, compounds of formula I are more preferred when R 3 is a linear alkyl group C 1 -C 8.

Taip pat tinkamesni /1/ formulės junginiai, kuriuose X yra deguonies atomas.Also preferred are compounds of formula / 1 / wherein X is an oxygen atom.

Pagaliau, tinkamesni /1/ formulės junginiai, kuriuose Z-t=0.Finally, compounds of the formula / 1 / where Z-t = 0 are more suitable.

Aprašyme ir pavyzdžiuose naudojami šie sutrumpinimai:The following abbreviations are used in the description and examples:

Et: etilasEt: Ethyl

n-But, t-Bu: n-But, t-Bu: n-butilas, tret-butilas n-butyl, tert-butyl DMFA: DMFA: dimetilfo rmamida s dimethylfo rmamida s THF: THF: tetrahidrofuranas tetrahydrofuran eteris: ether: etilo eteris ethyl ether TFR: TFR: trifluoracto rūgštis trifluoroacetic acid Z: Z: benziloksikarbonilas benzyloxycarbonyl BOK: BOK: tret-butoksikarbonilas tert-butoxycarbonyl FBO: FBO: fosfonio benzotriazoliloksitrisdi- metilamino heksafluorfosfatas phosphonium benzotriazolyloxitrisdi- methylamine hexafluorophosphate FMOK: FMOK: fluorenilmetiloksikarbonilas fluorenylmethyloxycarbonyl

DChM: dichlormetanasDChM: Dichloromethane

NBS: N-bromsukcinimidasNBS: N-Bromosuccinimide

DCK: dicikloheksilkarbodiminasDCK: Dicyclohexylcarbodimine

DIPEA: diizopropiletilaminasDIPEA: Diisopropylethylamine

Šio išradimo objektas yra taip pat ir /1/ junginių gavimo būdas, be to, šis būdas skiriasi tuo, kad:The present invention also relates to a process for the preparation of compounds of formula I, moreover, this process is characterized in that:

ai/ vyksta formulę:s / takes the formula:

reakcija heterociklinio darinio, turinčioreaction of a heterocyclic derivative containing

H (2) kurioje Z, t, R3, R4 ir R5 reikšmės nurodytos aukščiau /1/ junginiui, bifenil/-metilas, turinčio formulę:H (2) wherein Z, t, R 3 , R 4 and R 5 have the meanings given above for compound 1, biphenyl / methyl of formula:

yra tokios, kaip su dariniu /415are as with derivative / 415

kurioje Hal yra atitinkamai arba R2 pirmtakas;wherein Hal is, respectively, a precursor to R 2 ;

halogeno atomas, R] ir R2, arba o R'l ir grupuotėa halogen atom, R 1 and R 2 , or o R ' l and a group

R'2 yra Rx ir bl/esant reikalui, tokiu budu gauti junginiai, kurių formulė:R ' 2 is a compound of formula R x and bl /, where appropriate, of the formula:

veikiami Lawesson reaktyvu: 2,4-bis/4-metoksifenil/1,3-ditia-2,4-difosfetan-2,4-disulfidu;treated with Lawesson's reagent: 2,4-bis / 4-methoxyphenyl / 1,3-dithia-2,4-diphosphetane-2,4-disulfide;

cl/junginio, gauto ai ir bl stadijoje, kurio formulė:cl / compound of steps ai and bl of the formula:

(5) ir kurioje X yra deguonies atomas arba sieros atomas, R’i ir/arba R’2 grupės verčiamos atitinkamai Rr ir/arba R2 grupėmis, norint gauti (1) junginį.(5) wherein X is an oxygen atom or a sulfur atom, r'i and / or R '2 groups respectively forced to R d and / or R 2 group to obtain the compound (1).

Tarp /2/ junginių /11/ formulės, kaip žemiau pažymėta, junginiai yra nauji.Among the compounds of formula / 2 / compounds / 11 / as noted below, the compounds are novel.

Tokiu būdu, šio išradimo objektu yra taip pat /11/ junginiai, kurių formulė:Thus, the present invention also relates to compounds of formula:

čia:here:

-R3 yra vandenilis, alkilas Cx-Cg, nepakeistas arba pakeistas vienu arba keliais halogeno atomais, alkenilas C2-C6, cikloalkilas C3-C7, fenilas, fenilakilas, kurio alkilas yra Cx-C3 tipo, fenilakenilas, kurio alkenilas yra C2-C3 tipo, be to, nurodytos fenilo grupės yra nepakeistos arba pakeistos vieną arba kelis kartus halogeno atomu, alkilu C^-C,,, halogenalkilu Cx-C4, polihalogenalkilu hidroksilu arba alkoksigrupe-R 3 is hydrogen, alkyl C x -C 8 , unsubstituted or substituted by one or more halogen atoms, alkenyl C 2 -C 6 , cycloalkyl C 3 -C 7 , phenyl, phenylacyl having alkyl of C x -C 3 , phenylakenyl wherein the alkenyl is of the C 2 -C 3 type and the phenyl groups mentioned are unsubstituted or substituted one or more times by halogen, alkyl C 1 -C 4 ,, haloalkyl C x -C 4 , polyhaloalkyl hydroxy or alkoxy

C7-C4;C 7 -C 4 ;

- R4 ir R5, nepriklausomai vienas nuo kito, yra alkilas C^-Cg, fenilas, fenilalkilas, kurio alkilas yra Cx-C3 tipo, be to, nurodytos alkilo, fenilo ir fenilalkilo grupės yra nepakeistos arba pakeistos vienu arba keletu halogeno atomais arba viena grupe, parinkta iš perfluoralkilo C^-C^, hidroksilo, alkoksigrupės C1-C4;- R 4 and R 5 independently of one another are C₁-C₆ alkyl, phenyl, phenylalkyl wherein alkyl is a C x -C 3 type, in addition to the alkyl, phenyl and phenylalkyl groups being unsubstituted or substituted by one or more halogen atoms or one group selected from perfluoroalkyl C 1 -C 4 , hydroxyl, C 1 -C 4 alkoxy;

- arba R4 ir R5 kartu sudaro grupę, kurios formulė =CR7R8 ir kurioje R7 yra vandenilis, alkilas Cx-C4 arba fenilas, o RA yra alkilas Cx-C4 arba fenilas;- or R 4 and R 5 together form a group of formula = CR 7 R 8 wherein R 7 is hydrogen, alkyl C x -C 4 or phenyl and R A is alkyl C x -C 4 or phenyl;

- arba R4 ir Rs, kartu sujungti, sudaro arba grupę, kurios formulė (CH2)n, arba grupę, kurios formulė (CH2) py(CH2) q, ir kurioje γ yra arba deguonies atomas, arba sieros atomas, arba anglies atomas, pakeistas alkilu Cx-C4, fenilu arba fenilalkilu, kurio alkilas yra Οχ3 tipo, arba grupe N-R6, kurioje R6 yra vandenilis, alkilas Cx-C4, fenilalkilas, kurio alkilas yra tipo, alkilkarbonilas Cx-C4, halogenalkilkarbonilas CxC4, polihalogenalkilkarbonilas C1-C4, benzoilas, arba aaminoacilas arba N-apsaugos grupė, arba R4 ir R5, kartu su anglies, su kuriuo jie surišti, atomu sudaro indaną arba adamantaną;- either R 4 and R s , taken together, form either a group of formula (CH 2 ) n or a group of formula (CH 2 ) p y (CH 2 ) q in which γ is either an oxygen atom or a sulfur an atom, or a carbon atom substituted by alkyl C x -C 4 , phenyl or phenylalkyl whose alkyl is Ο χ- Ο 3 , or a group NR 6 where R 6 is hydrogen, alkyl C x -C 4 , phenylalkyl whose alkyl is is of the type, alkylcarbonyl C x -C 4 , haloalkylcarbonyl C x C 4 , polyhaloalkylcarbonyl C 1 -C 4 , benzoyl, or aaminoacyl or N-protecting group, or R 4 and R 5 together with the carbon to which they are attached forms indan or adamantane;

-p+q=m;-p + q = m;

-n yra sveikas skaičius nuo 2 iki 11;-n is an integer from 2 to 11;

-m yra sveikas skaičius nuo 2 iki 5;-m is an integer from 2 to 5;

-x yra deguonies atomas arba sieros atomas;-x is an oxygen atom or a sulfur atom;

-Z ir t lygūs nuliui arba vienas šių indeksų lygus nuliui, o kitas lygus vienetui;-Z and t are zero or one of these indices is zero and the other is one;

apribojant tuo, kad:limiting that:

- kai Z ir t lygūs nuliui, o X yra deguonies atomas, R4 ir R5 skiriasi nuo:- when Z and t are zero and X is an oxygen atom, R 4 and R 5 are different from:

. alkilo Cį-Cg, fenilo, fenilalkilo, kurio alkilas yra Cx-C3 tipo, be to, nurodytos alkilo, fenilo ir fenilalkilo grupės yra nepakeistos arba pakeistos vienu arba keliais halogeno atomais arba viena grupe, parinkta iš perfluoralkilo Cx-C4, hidroksilo, alkoksigrupės C^-C^;. C 1 -C 8 alkyl, phenyl, phenylalkyl having C x -C 3 alkyl, and the alkyl, phenyl and phenylalkyl groups listed are unsubstituted or substituted with one or more halogen atoms or with one group selected from perfluoroalkyl C x -C 4 , hydroxyl, C 1 -C 4 alkoxy;

io . arba R4 ir R5, kartu sujungti, skiriasi nuo grupės R6, kurioje R6 yra vandenilis, alkilas C1-C4, fenilalkilas, kurio alkilas yra C--C3 tipo;io. or R 4 and R 5 , taken together, are different from R 6 , wherein R 6 is hydrogen, alkyl C 1 -C 4 , phenylalkyl whose alkyl is C-C 3 ;

. n skiriasi nuo 6;. n is different from 6;

- o kai Z=1 ir R3 yra fenilas, tai R4 ir R5 kiekvienas skiriasi nuo metilo.- and when Z = 1 and R 3 is phenyl, then R 4 and R 5 are each different from methyl.

Tarp /11/ junginio darinių tinkamesni yra junginiai, kuriuose Z=t=0, o R4 ir R5 kartu su anglies, su kuriuo jie surišti, atomu, sudaro ciklopentaną. Šių junginių formulė:Among the derivatives of compound (11), compounds wherein Z = t = 0 and R 4 and R 5 together with the carbon to which they are attached form cyclopentane are more suitable. The following compounds have the formula:

kuriuose X yra deguonies atomas arba sieros atomas, o R3 yra vandenilis, alkilas C1-C6, nepakeistas arba pakeistas vienu arba keliais halogeno atomais, alkenilas C2-C6, cikloalkilas C3-C7, fenilas, fenilalkilas, kurio alkilas yra Cį-03 tipo, fenilalkenilas, kurio alkenilas yra C2-C3 tipo, be to, nurodytos fenilo grupės yra nepakeistos arba pakeistos vieną arba keletą kartų halogeno atomu, alkilu C,~CĄf halogenalkilu C1-C4, polihalogenalkilu Cy-Cą, hidroksilu arba alkoksigrupe Cx-C4.wherein X is an oxygen atom or a sulfur atom and R 3 is hydrogen, alkyl C 1 -C 6 , unsubstituted or substituted with one or more halogen atoms, alkenyl C 2 -C 6 , cycloalkyl C 3 -C 7 , phenyl, phenylalkyl having alkyl is a Ci-03 type phenylalkenyl wherein the alkenyl is C 2 -C 3 type, in addition, the phenyl group being unsubstituted or substituted one or more times with a halogen atom, alkyl, C ~ C Rf haloalkyl C 1 -C 4 polyhaloalkyl y C -CA, hydroxy, or alkoxy C x C 4.

Tinkamesni yra /11/ junginiai, kuriuose Z=0 ir t = l, turintys formulę:More preferred are compounds of formula / 11 / where Z = 0 and t = l having the formula:

kurioje aukščiauin which above

Rj1 R41 nurodytųRj1 R41 specified

R5 ir X reikšmės /11/ junginių.R 5 and X mean / 11 / compounds.

yra tokios, kaipare such as

Pagaliau tinkamesni yra šios formulės /11/ junginiai, kuriuose Z=1 ir t=0:Finally, compounds of formula / 11 / where Z = 1 and t = 0 are more suitable:

kur:where:

-R3 yra vandenilis, alkilas C^-Cg, nepakeistas arba pakeistas vienu arba keliais halogeno atomais, alkenilas C2-Cg, cikloalkilas C3-C7, fenilas, fenilalkilas, kurio alkilas yra Ct-C3 tipo, fenilalkenilas, kurio alkenilas yra C2-C3 tipo, be to, nurodytos fenilo grupės yra nepakeistos arba pakeistos vieną arba keletą kartų halogeno atomu, alkilu C7-C4, halogenalkilu C1-C4, polihalogenalkilu C1-C4, hidroksilu arba alkoksigrupe Ci~C4;R 3 is hydrogen, C₁-C₆ alkyl unsubstituted or substituted with one or more halogen atoms, alkenyl, C2-C₆, cycloalkyl C 3 -C 7, phenyl, phenylalkyl wherein alkyl is a C t -C 3 type phenylalkenyl wherein the alkenyl is of the C 2 -C 3 type and the phenyl groups mentioned are unsubstituted or substituted one or more times by halogen, alkyl C 7 -C 4 , haloalkyl C 1 -C 4 , polyhaloalkyl C 1 -C 4 , hydroxy or alkoxy Ci ~ C 4;

-R4 ir R5, nepriklausomai vienas nuo kito, yra alkilas C^-Cg, fenilas, fenilalkilas, kurio alkilas yra CL-C3 tipo, be to, nurodytos alkilo, fenilo ir fenilalkilo grupės yra nepakeistos arba pakeistos vienu arba keliais halogeno atomais arba viena grupe, parinkta iš perfluoralkilo C1-C4, hidroksilo, alkoksigrupės C1-C4;R 4 and R 5 independently of one another are C₁-C₆ alkyl, phenyl, phenylalkyl wherein alkyl is a C l -C 3 type, in addition to the alkyl, phenyl and phenylalkyl groups being unsubstituted or substituted by one or more halogen atoms or one group selected from perfluoroalkyl C 1 -C 4 , hydroxyl, C 1 -C 4 alkoxy;

- arba R4 ir R5 kartu sudaro grupę, turinčią formulę =CR7Rb, kurioje R7 yra vandenilis, alkilas CL-C4 arba fenilas, o R8 yra alkilas C1-C4 arba fenilas;- or R 4 and R 5 together form a group of the formula = CR 7 R b wherein R 7 is hydrogen, alkyl C l -C 4 or phenyl, and R 8 is alkyl C 1 -C 4 or phenyl;

- arba R4 ir R5, sujungti kartu, yra arba grupė, turinti formulę (CH2)n, arba grupė, turinti formulę (CH2) py(CH2) q, kur γ yra arba deguonies atomas, arba sieros atomas, arba anglies atomas, pakeistas alkilu C1-C4, fenilu arba fenilalkilu, kurio alkilas yra Cr-C3 tipo, arba grupe -R6, kurioje R6 yra vandenilis, alkilas- either R 4 and R 5 , taken together, are either a group of formula (CH 2 ) n or a group of formula (CH 2 ) p y (CH 2 ) q , where γ is either an oxygen atom or a sulfur atom. or a carbon atom substituted by alkyl C 1 -C 4, a phenyl or a phenylalkyl wherein alkyl is a C r C 3 type or a group R 6 wherein R 6 is hydrogen, alkyl

C1-C4, fenilalkilas, kurio alkilas yra tipo, alkilkarbonilas halogenalkilkarbonilas C^-C^, polihalogenalkilkarbonilas Οχ-Ο4, benzoilas, alfaaminoacilas arba N-apsaugos grupė, arba R4 ir R5, kartu su anglies, su kuriuo jie surišti, atomu, sudaro indaną arba adamantaną:C 1 -C 4 phenylalkyl wherein alkyl is a type of alkylcarbonyl, haloalkylcarbonyl C ^ -C ^ polihalogenalkilkarbonilas Οχ Ο-4, benzoyl, alfaaminoacilas or an N-protective group, or R 4 and R 5 together with the carbon to which they are bonded atoms to form an indane or adamantane:

-p+q=m;-p + q = m;

- n yra sveikas skaičius nuo 2 iki 11;- n is an integer from 2 to 11;

- m yra sveikas skaičius nuo 2 iki 5;- m is an integer from 2 to 5;

- X yra deguonies atomas arba sieros atomas;- X is an oxygen atom or a sulfur atom;

apribojant tuo, kad R3 nėra fenilas, kai R4 ir R5 kiekvienas yra metilas;limiting that R 3 is not phenyl when R 4 and R 5 are each methyl;

Dariniai 2 gaunami žinomais būdais. Pavyzdžiui, galima panaudoti būdą, aprašytą Jasquien et ai (Bull. Chem Soc. France, 1971, 3, 1040-1051) arba Brunken et Bach (Chim. Ber., 1956, 89, 1363-1373), ir veikti aminorūgšti, arba jos esterį alkilimidatu pagal šią reakcijos schemą:Derivatives 2 are obtained by known methods. For example, the method described by Jasquien et al. (Bull. Chem. Soc. France, 1971, 3, 1040-1051) or Brunken et Bach (Chim. Ber. 1956, 89, 1363-1373) can be used to act on the amino acids, or its ester alkylimidate according to the following reaction scheme:

O/?O /?

kur R yra alkilas C\-C4, R* yra vandenilis arba alkilas CL-C4, o R3, R4, Rs, Z ir t yra tokie, kaip anksčiau nurodyta /1/ junginiuose.wherein R is alkyl C \ -C 4, R * is hydrogen or alkyl C l -C 4 and R 3, R 4, R s, Z and t are as previously defined / 1 / combined.

Reakcija vyksta rūgščioje terpėje kaitinant inertiniame tirpiklyje, tokiame kaip ksilenas arba toluenas.The reaction takes place under heating in an acidic medium in an inert solvent such as xylene or toluene.

Junginys 2_ gali būti gaunamas kitu būdu, rūgščioje aplinkoje veikiant ortorūgšties alkilo esterį /10/ aminoalkilamidu /5 * */ pagal šią reakcijos schemą:Compound 2_ can be prepared by another method, by reaction of an orthoic acid alkyl ester / 10 / aminoalkylamide / 5 * * / in the acidic environment with the following reaction scheme:

5J_ 10 2 kur R yra alkilas Cį-C,,.Wherein R is alkyl-C 1 -C 4.

Junginį 2 galima gauti kitu būdu, aprašytu Takenaka et ai (Heterocycles 1989, 29, /6/, 1185-89), veikiant darini 5'' rūgšties halogenanhidridu, kurio formulė:Compound 2 can be obtained by another method described by Takenaka et al., (Heterocycles 1989, 29, / 6 /, 1185-89) by treatment with a derivative of 5 '' acid halide anhydride of the formula:

R3 C20 Hal, kuriame Hal yra halogenas, tinkamesnis yra chloras.R 3 C 2 0 Hal wherein Hal is halogen is more preferably chlorine.

Reakcija vyksta šarminėje terpėje.The reaction takes place in an alkaline medium.

Junginys _2, dalinai, pagal kitą šio išradimo objektą, gaunamas būdu, besiskiriančiu tuo, kad:The compound _2, in part according to another object of the present invention, is obtained by a process wherein:

junginys, kurio formulė:compound of the formula:

ir kurioje A yra grupė OH, grupė NH2 arba grupė OR', be to, R’ yra vandenilis arba alkilas Cx-C4, veikiamas junginiu, kurio formulė:and wherein A is OH, NH 2 or OR ', in addition R' is hydrogen or alkyl C x -C 4 , treated with a compound of the formula:

R3-B 14 kurioje B yra:R 3 -B 14 wherein B is:

-grupuotė C/OF/3;-group C / OF / 3 ;

NH //NH //

- grupuotė C \- Group C \

OROR

- arba grupuotė CoHal;- or CoHal;

be to, R yra alkilas Cx-C4, o Hal yra halogeno atomas, 30 tinkamesnis yra chloras;in addition, R is alkyl C x -C 4 and Hal is a halogen atom, more preferably chlorine;

- po to, esant būtinumui, tokiu būdu gautas junginys veikiamas Lawesson reaktyvu: 2,4-bis/4-metoksifenil/- then, if necessary, treating the resulting compound with Lawesson's reagent: 2,4-bis / 4-methoxyphenyl /

1,3-ditia-2,4-difosfetan-2,4-disulfidu.1,3-dithia-2,4-diphosphetane-2,4-disulfide.

Darinys /4-bifenilil/-metilas /3/ gaunamas atitinkamu būdu, aprašytu paraiškoje Europos patentui EP 324 377.The derivative / 4-biphenylyl / -methyl / 3 / is prepared in a corresponding manner as described in the European patent application EP 324 377.

Grupių R'i ir/arba R'2 virtimas gupe R! ir/arba R2 vyksta būdais, gerai žinomais specialistui. Taigi, kai /1/ junginyje, kurį reikia gauti, yra grupė R! ir/arba R2 = karboksigrupė, tai R’y ir/arba R'2 yra esterinta karboksigrupė. Kada gautame /1/ junginyje grupė Ry ir/arba R2 - tetrazolilas, tai R*! ir/arba R'2 yra arba tetrazolilas, apsaugotas, pavyzdžiui, tritilo grupe, arba cianogrupė, kuri vėliau keičiama tetrazolilo grupe, esant būtinumui, apsaugota tritilu. Cianogrupės virtimas tetrazolilu gali vykti, veikiant azidu, pavyzdžiui, tributilo azidu arba natrio azidu.Conversion of groups R'i and / or R ' 2 to R! and / or R 2 is carried out by methods well known to those skilled in the art. So when / 1 / in the compound to be obtained is a group R! and / or R 2 = carboxy group, then R 'y and / or R' 2 is an esterified carboxy group. When R 1 and / or R 2 is tetrazolyl in the resulting compound (1), it is R *! and / or R ' 2 is either tetrazolyl protected, for example, by a trityl group, or cyano, which is subsequently substituted by a tetrazolyl group, optionally protected by trityl. The conversion of the cyano group to tetrazolyl can be effected by the action of an azide such as tributyl azide or sodium azide.

Galima panaudoti tokias R'y ir/arba R'2 grupes, kaip nitro, karboksilo ciano arba chloranhidrido grupės, ir reakcijų, gerai žinomų specialistui, pagalba, jas paversti į grupes Ry ir/arba R2, t. y. tokias, kaip pažymėta /1/ junginiui.One can use such R'y and / or R '2 groups as nitro, cyano, or carboxylic acid chloride group and reaction well known specialist help them into the groups y and / or R 2 of the kind as stated / 1 / compound.

Taigi, kai R'y ir/arba R'2 yra karboksigrupė, tai ji gali būti paversta į grupę Rx ir/arba R2, atitinkančiąThus, when R'y and / or R ' 2 is a carboxy group, it can be converted to a group R x and / or R 2 corresponding to

1- imidazolilkarbonilą, arba i N-/(4-karboksi)-1,3tiazol-2-il/acetamidą.1-imidazolylcarbonyl, or N - [(4-carboxy) -1,3-thiazol-2-yl] acetamide.

Grupės R’x ir/arba R'2, kurios yra rūgšties chloranhidridas, gali virsti Rr ir/arba R2, atitinkančias Nhidroksiacetamidą, N-cianoacetamidą, ureidogrupę arbaThe group R x and / or R '2, which is an acid chloride, R may become the R and / or R 2 corresponding Nhidroksiacetamidą, N-cyanoacetamide, ureido or

2- cianoguanidikarbonilą.2-cyanoguanidicarbonyl.

Grupės R'x ir R'2, kurios yra nitrogrupė, gali būti paverstos į aminogrupę, iš kurios gaunamos Rx ir/arba R2, tokias kaip metilsulfonilaminogrupė, tifluormetilsulfonilamino grupė arba trifluormetilsulfonilaminometilas.The groups R ' x and R' 2 which are nitro may be converted to the amino group from which R x and / or R 2 are derived, such as methylsulfonylamino, trifluoromethylsulfonylamino or trifluoromethylsulfonylaminomethyl.

Grupės R’x ir R'2, kurios yra cianogrupė, gali būti paverčiamos į aminometilą, iš kurio gaunamas 3.ciano-2metilizotioureidometilas/pagal C. Ctordon et ai. J. Org. Chem., 197, 66 //, 2667-2669) ir 2-cianoguanidinmetilas / pagal R. W. Turner, Synthesys, 1975 /.The groups R ' x and R' 2 , which are cyano, can be converted to aminomethyl to give 3.cyano-2-methylisothioureidomethyl / according to C. Ctordon et al. J. Org. Chem., 197, 66, 2667-2669) and 2-cyanoguanidine methyl (by RW Turner, Synthesys, 1975).

Stadija ai/ vyksta ineriniame tirpiklyje, tokiame kaip DMFA, DMSO arba THF, šarminėje aplinkoje, pavyzdžiui, dalyvaujant kalio hidroksidui, metalo alkoholiatui, metalo hidridui, kalcio karbonatui arba trietilaminui.The step ai / takes place in an inert solvent such as DMFA, DMSO or THF in an alkaline environment, for example in the presence of potassium hydroxide, metal alcoholate, metal hydride, calcium carbonate or triethylamine.

Stadija bl/ vyksta, kaitinant azoto atmosferoje tokiame tirpiklyje, kaip toluenas, pagal būdą, aprašytą M. P. Cava et ai. Tetrahedron, 1985, 41, 22, 5061.The step b1 / 2 is carried out by heating under a nitrogen atmosphere in a solvent such as toluene according to the method described by M. P. Cava et al. Tetrahedron, 41, 22, 5061 (1985).

Žemiau aprašytas būdas, apimantis stadijas ai, bl ir cl, vadinamas I būdu.The method described below, comprising steps ai, bl and cl, is called method I.

Iš kitos pusės, /1/ junginius galima gauti ir kitu būdu, kuris taip pat yra šio išradimo objektas. Šis būdas skiriasi tuo, kad:On the other hand, the compounds of the invention may also be obtained in another manner which is also the object of the present invention. This method differs in that:

a2/ vyksta aminorūgšties, turinčios šią formulę, reakcija:a2 / Reaction of an amino acid of the formula:

CCeU kurioje Z, t, R4 ir R5 reikšmės tokios, kaip anksčiau nurodyta /1/ junginiui, ir kur aminogrupė apsaugota grupe Pr, su 4-bifenilil/-metilamino dariniu, kurio formulė:CCeU wherein Z, t, R 4 and R 5 are as defined above for compound (1) and wherein the amino group is protected by P r with a 4-biphenylyl / -methylamine derivative of the formula:

kurioje R*! ir R'2 yra atitinkamai arba Rx ir R2 arba grupuotė - R! ir R2 pirmtakas;where R *! and R ' 2 is either R x and R 2 respectively or R is a group; and R 2 precursor;

b2/ pašalinus amino rūgšties apsaugą, nurodytu būdu gautas junginys, turintis šią formulę:b2 / after deprotection of the amino acid, a compound of the following formula is obtained:

veikiamas ortorūgšties alkilo eteriu, kurio formulė R3C/OR/3 /10/, kur R3 reikšmė yra kaip aukščiau nurodyta /1/ junginio, o R yra alkilas CL-Cų;ortorūgšties reacted with alkyl ethers of formula R 3 C / OR / 3/10 /, wherein R 3 is as defined above / 1 / of the compound, and R is alkyl CL-Cu;

c2/ esant būtinumui, tokiu būdu gautas junginys, kurio formulė:c2 / where necessary, a compound of the formula:

veikiamas Lawesson agentu 2,4-bis-/4-metoksifenil/l,3ditia-2,4-difosfetan-2,4-disulfidu;treated with Lawesson's agent 2,4-bis- (4-methoxyphenyl) -1,3,3-thia-2,4-diphosphetane-2,4-disulfide;

d2/ junginys, gautas nurodytu būdu stadijose b2 arba c2, kurio formulė:d2 / Compound obtained in the following manner in steps b2 or c2 of the formula:

po to veikiamas sąlygose, tinkančiose /1/ junginio gavimui, paverčiant R*! ir/arba R'2 grupes į atitinkamas Rj ir/arba R2 grupes.is then subjected to conditions suitable for the preparation of / 1 / compound by converting R *! and / or R ' 2 groups to the corresponding R 1 and / or R 2 groups.

Junginiai 7 yra žinomi arba gaunami žinomais būdais /Chemistry of the Amino Acids, Ctreenstein and Winitz, John Wiley et, 1961, tlf p.697/.The compounds 7 are known or prepared by known methods / Chemistry of the Amino Acids, Ctreenstein and Winitz, John Wiley et 1961, p.697 lf t /.

Junginiai _8_ gaunami pagal paraišką Europos patentui EP 324 377. Stadija a2/ vyksta sąlygose, įprastose rūgšties prisijungimui prie amino, pavyzdžiui, dalyvaujant FBO ir DIPEA.Compounds _8_ are obtained according to European patent application EP 324 377. Step a2 / takes place under conditions customary for the acid to be attached to the amine, for example in the presence of FBO and DIPEA.

Stadija b2/, kuri yra junginio 9 ciklizacija, dalyvaujant junginiui 10, vyksta Jacquie et ai. (Bull. Soc. Chem. France, 1971, /3/, 1040-1051) ir Brunken et Bach (Chem. Be 1956, 89, 1363-1373) aprašytais būdais.Step b2 /, which is the cyclization of compound 9 in the presence of compound 10, occurs according to Jacquie et al. (Bull. Soc. Chem. France, 1971, / 3 /, 1040-1051) and Brunken et Bach (Chem. Be 1956, 89, 1363-1373).

Vėliausiai aprašytas būdas, apimantis stadijas a2-d2, vadinamas 2 būdu.The most recently described method comprising steps a2-d2 is called method 2.

Pagal vieną 2 būdo variantą, stadijoje b2, galima, jeigu reikia, išskirti tarpinius junginius 9’, kurių formulė:According to one embodiment of method 2, in step b2, intermediates 9 'can be isolated, where appropriate, having the formula:

o po to galima gauti junginį _£, kaip ciklizacijos rūgščioje aplinkoje rezultatą.and then the compound _ £ can be obtained as a result of cyclization in an acidic environment.

Pagal kitą 2 būdo variantą, norint gauti I junginį, kuriame R4R5 yra grupė =CR7Rfl, reakcija turi vykti rūgščioje aplinkoje tarp aminorūgšties, turinčios formulęAccording to another embodiment of Method 2, for the preparation of Compound I wherein R 4 R 5 is a group = CR 7 R f , the reaction must take place in an acidic environment between the amino acids of formula

CH^-/CH^/t-NHCOf?3 \CH ^ - / CH ^ / t -NHCOf? 3 \

/CH^/i-COOH ir aldehido arba ketono, kurio formulė:/ CH ^ / i-COOH and an aldehyde or ketone of the formula:

R^CORg, ir kur R7 ir R8 reikšmės tokios pat, kaip anksčiau nurodytos /1/ junginiui, o po to kaip junginio _8_ veikimo rezultatas gaunamas junginys, kurio formulė:R 6 COR 8, and wherein R 7 and R 8 have the same meanings as given above for the compound / 1 /, and then the compound of the formula:

Šio junginio ciklizacijos rūgščioje aplinkoje metu susidaro junginys 4.This compound undergoes cyclization in acidic environment to form compound 4.

Pagal ši būdą, norint gauti /1/ junginį, kurio Rr ir/arba R2 yra karboksigrupė, R\ ir/arba R'2 tinkamesni yra tret-butoksikarbonilas.According to the present method in order to obtain / 1 / reacting a compound of R-R and / or R 2 is carboxy, R \ and / or R '2 are preferred tert-butoxycarbonyl.

Pagaliau, kita alternatyva pagal išradimą gauti /1/ jungini, kuriame Z ir t lygūs 0, yra fotooksidacijos būdas, esantis taip pat šio išradimo objektu.Finally, another alternative of the present invention to obtain the compound of the invention where Z and t are equal to 0 is a method of photooxidation which is also the subject of the present invention.

Pastarasis būdas besiskiriantis tuo, kad:The latter method is characterized in that:

a3/ imidazolo darinys, turintis formulę:a3 / imidazole derivative of formula:

H kurioje R3, R4, R5 reikšmės tokios, kaip nurodyta anksčiau /1/ junginiui, veikiamas/-bifenilil/-metilo dariniu, turinčiu šią formulę:H wherein R 3 , R 4 , R 5 have the same meaning as above for compound (1), are treated with an (biphenylyl) -methyl derivative having the following formula:

kurioje Hal yra halogeno atomas, o R'x ir R’2 yra 5 atitinkamai arba Rr ir R2, arba grupuotė - R1 irwherein Hal is a halogen atom and R 'X and R' 2 are respectively either R 5 R and R 2 or a group - R 1 and

R2 pirmtakas, dalyvaujant deguoniui ir veikiant ultravioletiniais spinduliais šarminėje aplinkoje;A precursor of R 2 in the presence of oxygen and ultraviolet radiation in an alkaline environment;

b3/ jeigu reikia, gautas tokiu būdu junginys, turintis 10 šią formulę:b3 / where appropriate a compound of the following formula 10 is obtained:

veikiamas Lawesson reagentu: 2,4-bis/4-metoksifenil/1,3-ditia-2,4-difosfetan-2,4-disulfidu;treated with Lawesson's reagent: 2,4-bis / 4-methoxyphenyl / 1,3-dithia-2,4-diphosphetane-2,4-disulfide;

c3/ junginys, gautas nurodytu būdu stadijose b3 ir c3, 5 kurio formulė:c3 / Compound obtained in the following manner in steps b3 and c3 of the formula:

po to veikiamas sąlygose, tinkamose gauti /1/ junginį, verčiant R’L ir/arba R'2 grupes į atitinkamai Rx ir/arba R2 grupes.is then subjected to conditions suitable for obtaining the compound (1) by converting the groups R ' L and / or R' 2 into groups R x and / or R 2 respectively .

Imidazolo 11 darinys yra arba komercinis, arba žinomas, arba gautas žinomu būdu, nurodytu anksčiau, gaunant junginį 2 .The imidazole derivative 11 is either commercially available or known, or is obtained in a known manner as previously described to give compound 2.

Stadija a3/ vyksta inertiniame tirpiklyje, tokiame kaipStage a3 / occurs in an inert solvent such as

DMFA, pavyzdžiui: reakcijai pagerinti galima pridėti fotosensibilizuoj antį junginį, kaip, pavyzdžiui, metileno mėlį.DMFA, for example: a photosensitizing compound such as methylene blue can be added to improve the reaction.

Žemiau aprašytas būdas, apimantis a3/ - c3/ stadijas vadinamas 3 būdu.The method described below comprising the steps a3 / - c3 / is called method 3.

Pagal išradimą junginius, kurių R4 ir R5, kartu yra grupė, turinti formulę (CH2) py(CH2) q, kur γ yra NH grupė, galima gauti atliekant atitinkamo /1/ junginio katalitinį hidrinimą, kuriame γ yra N-R6 grupė, be to, R6 yra benzilas.According to the invention, the compounds of R 4 and R 5 together form a group of the formula (CH 2 ) p y (CH 2 ) q , where γ is an NH group, can be obtained by catalytic hydrogenation of the corresponding compound / 1 / compound wherein γ is NR Group 6 , moreover, R 6 is benzyl.

Produktų panašumas pagal išradimą angiotenzino II receptorių atžvilgiu buvo nagrinėjamas testo pagalba pagal angiotenzino II, žymėto iodu-125, surišimą su žiurkių kepenų ląstelių receptoriais. Šis metodas aprašytas S. Keppens et. ai., Biochem. J., 1982, 208, 809-817.The similarity of the products according to the invention with respect to angiotensin II receptors was investigated by the assay of binding of angiotensin II labeled with iodine-125 to rat hepatocellular receptors. This method is described in S. Keppens et al. et al., Biochem. J., 208, 809-817 (1982).

Matuojamas Cl50: koncentracija, kuri 50% pakeičia žymėtą angiotenziną II, specifiškai surištą su receptoriumi.Cl 50 is measured as the concentration that 50% replaces the labeled angiotensin II specifically bound to the receptor.

Pagal išradimą junginių Cl50 reikšmė yra mažesnė, negu 10'6M.The compounds of the invention have a Cl 50 value of less than 10 ' 6 M.

Be to, produktų pagal išradimą antagonistinis veikimas angiotenzino II atžvilgiu buvo nustatytas įvairioms gyvūnų rūšims, kurioms iš anksto buvo suaktyvinta renino-angiotenzino sistema (C.Lacour et. ai, J. Hypertension, 1989, 7 /Suppl. 2/, .33- 35).In addition, the angiotensin II antagonistic activity of the products of the invention has been demonstrated in various animal species pre-activated by the renin-angiotensin system (C.Lacour et al., J. Hypertension, 1989, 7 / Suppl. 2 /, .33- 35).

Pagal išradimą junginiai suaktyvinami, Įvedant įvairiais būdais, tame tarpe oraliniu būdu. Nebuvo aptikta jokio junginių toksiškumo požymio, naudojant farmakologiškai aktyvias dozes.The compounds of the present invention are activated by various routes, including oral administration. No signs of toxicity of the compounds were detected at pharmacologically active doses.

Pagal išradimą junginius galima naudoti, gydant įvairius širdies-kraujagyslių susirgimus, dalinai hipertenziją, širdies nepakankamumą, veninį nepakankamumą, taip pat gydant glaukomą, diabetines retinopatijas ir įvairius centrinės nervų sistemos susirgimus, pavyzdžiui, nerimą, depresiją, amneziją arba Alcheimerio ligą.The compounds of the invention can be used in the treatment of a variety of cardiovascular diseases, partial hypertension, heart failure, venous insufficiency, as well as in the treatment of glaucoma, diabetic retinopathy and various central nervous system disorders such as anxiety, depression, amnesia or Alzheimer's disease.

Taip pat šio išradimo objektas yra farmacinės kompozicijos, pagal išradimą turinčios efektyvią junginio dozę arba farmaciškai priimtiną druską ir tinkamas indiferentiškas medžiagas. Nurodytos indiferentiškos medžiagos parenkamos priklausomai nuo vaistinės formos ir nuo pageidaujamo panaudojimo būdo.It is also an object of the present invention to provide pharmaceutical compositions comprising an effective dose of a compound or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt of the invention and suitable indifferentiating agents. The indifferent substances indicated are selected according to the pharmaceutical form and the desired mode of application.

Pagal šį išradimą farmacinėse kompozicijose, naudojamose oraliniu būdu, po liežuviu, po oda, į raumenis, į veną, vietiniu būdu, į trachėjas, intranazaliniu būdu, transderminiu arba rektaliniu būdu, anksčiau nurodytos I formulės aktyvūs junginiai arba jų druskos gali būti panaudojami gyvuliams arba žmonėms profilaktiškai arba aukščiau nurodytų ligų ir sutrikimų gydymui, kaip vietinės formos arba mišinyje su klasikiniais farmaciniais nešikliais. Vienetinės panaudojimo formos gali būti oralinės formos, tokios kaip tabletės, želatino kapsulės, milteliai, granulės ir oraliniai tirpikliai arba suspensijos, taip pat poliežuvinio, savaiminio ištirpimo, vidutrachėjinio, intranazalinio panaudojimo būdo formos, poodinio, į raumenis, įvedimo į veną būdo formos ir rektalinio panaudojimo būdo formos. Vietiniam naudojimui pagal išradimą galima naudoti junginius, kurie yra kremuose, tepaluose arba losj onuose.According to the present invention, the active compounds of the formula I or their salts can be used in animals or in pharmaceutical compositions for oral, sublingual, subcutaneous, intramuscular, intravenous, topical, tracheal, intranasal, transdermal or rectal administration. for the prophylaxis of human beings or for the treatment of the above diseases and disorders, either in a topical form or in admixture with classic pharmaceutical carriers. Unit dosage forms can be oral forms such as tablets, gelatin capsules, powders, granules and oral solvents or suspensions, as well as sublingual, self-dissolving, intracranial, intranasal, subcutaneous, intramuscular, intravenous and rectal formulations. forms of use. For topical use, the compounds of the invention may be formulated in creams, ointments or lotions.

Aktyvaus komponento dozė gali svyruoti nuo 0,01 ir 50 mg/kg kūno svorio per dieną, norint gauti norimą profilaktinį arba terapinį efektą.The dosage of the active component may range from 0.01 to 50 mg / kg / day to achieve the desired prophylactic or therapeutic effect.

Kiekvienoje vienetinėje dozėje aktyvaus ingrediento kombinacijoje su farmaciniais nešikliais gali būti nuo 0,1 iki 1000 mg, tinkamesnė dozė nuo 1 iki 500 mg. Ši vienetinė dozė gali būti panaudojama nuo 1 iki 5 kartų per dieną taip, kad dienos norma sudarytų nuo 0,5 iki 5000 mg, tinkamesnė nuo 1 iki 2500 mg.Each unit dose of the active ingredient in combination with pharmaceutical carriers may contain from 0.1 to 1000 mg, more preferably from 1 to 500 mg. This unit dose may be administered 1 to 5 times daily in a dosage range of 0.5 to 5000 mg, more preferably 1 to 2500 mg per day.

Kai ruošiama kieta kompozicija tablečių pavidalu, pagrindinis aktyvus komponentas sumaišomas su farmaciniais nešikliais, tokiais kaip želatina, krakmolas, laktozė, magnio stearatas, talkas, gumiarabikas arba pan. Tabletes galima padengti apvalkalu iš sacharozės, celiuliozės darinio arba kitų atitinkamų medžiagų arba paveikti juo taip, kad jų veikimas būtų prailgintas arba uždelstas ir kad pastoviai atsilaisvintų nustatytas aktyvaus komponento kiekis.When preparing a solid composition in the form of tablets, the main active ingredient is mixed with pharmaceutical carriers such as gelatin, starch, lactose, magnesium stearate, talc, acacia or the like. The tablets may be coated with, or treated with, a sucrose, cellulose derivative or other appropriate material to prolong or delay the action and to maintain a sustained release of the active ingredient.

Preparatas želatinos kapsulėse gaunamas aktyvų ingredientą sumaišant su skiedikliu ir gautą mišinį supilant į minkštas arba kietas želatinos kapsules.The preparation in gelatin capsules is obtained by mixing the active ingredient with a diluent and pouring the resulting mixture into soft or hard gelatin capsules.

Preparate, kuris naudojamas kaip sirupas arba eliksyras, arba lašų pavidalu, su aktyviu komponentu, gali būti ir saldinanti medžiaga, tinkamesnė mažai kaloringa, antiseptikai, kaip metilparabenas ir propilparabenas, taip pat medžiaga, gerinanti skoni, ir atitinkamas dažas.The preparation used as a syrup or elixir, or in the form of drops, with the active ingredient, may also contain a sweetener, a lower caloric agent, antiseptics such as methylparaben and propylparaben, a flavoring agent and an appropriate colorant.

Milteliuose ir granulėse, pasižyminčiais dispersija vandenyje, aktyvus ingredientas gali būti mišinyje su disperguojančiais agentais arba drėkinančiais agentais, arba pavertimo i suspensiją agentais, kaip, pavyzdžiui, polivinilpirolidonas, o taip pat pasaldinančiais arba gerinančiais skonį agentais.In powders and granules having an aqueous dispersion, the active ingredient may be in admixture with dispersing agents or wetting agents, or suspending agents, such as polyvinylpyrrolidone, and sweetening or flavoring agents.

Rektalinio panaudojimo būdui naudojamos žvakės, kurios gaminamos su surišamomis, besilydančiomis prie rektalinės temperatūros, pavyzdžiui, kakao sviestu arba polietilenglikoliu, medžiagomis.For rectal application, candles are used which are made with a binder that melts at a rectal temperature such as cocoa butter or polyethylene glycol.

Parenteraliniam būdui naudojamos vandeninės suspensijos, druskų izotoniai tirpalai arba sterilūs tirpalai, tinkami purškimui, kuriuose yra farmakologiškai suderinami disperguoj antys ir/arba drėkinantys agentai, pavyzdžiui, propilenglikolis arba butilenglikolis.Aqueous suspensions, isotonic saline solutions or sterile solutions for spraying containing a pharmacologically compatible dispersion and / or wetting agent such as propylene glycol or butylene glycol are used for parenteral administration.

Aktyvus komponentas receptūroje gali būti mikrokapsulės pavidalu, o jeigu reikia, su vienu arba keliais nešikliais arba papildomomis medžiagomis.The active ingredient in the formulation may be in the form of a microcapsule and, if necessary, one or more carriers or excipients.

Šio išradimo kompozicijoje su nurodytos aukščiau I formulės produktais arba viena farmakologiškai tinkama druska gali būti ir kiti aktyvūs komponentai, tokie kaip, pavyzdžiui, trankvilizatoriai arba kiti medikamentai, naudojami anksčiau minėtų ligų ir sutrikimų gydymui.Other active components, such as, for example, tranquilizers or other medicaments used in the treatment of the aforementioned diseases and disorders, may be included in the composition of the present invention with the products of the above formula I or one pharmacologically acceptable salt.

Tokiu būdu, šio išradimo objektas yra farmacinės kompozicijos, kuriose yra keletas sujungtų aktyvių komponentų, vienas jų yra pagal išradimą, o kitas arba kiti gali būti betablokuojančiais junginiais, kalcio antagonistu, diuretiku, nesteroidine priešuždegimine priemone arba trankvilizatoriumi.Thus, the present invention relates to pharmaceutical compositions comprising several of the combined active components, one of which is in accordance with the invention and the other or others may be blocking compounds, a calcium antagonist, a diuretic, a non-steroidal anti-inflammatory or a tranquilizer.

Pastarieji pavyzdžiai iliustruoja išradimą, jo neapribodami. Šiuose pavyzdžiuose naudojami sutrumpinimai: d yra tankis; kT - kambario temperatūra, KHSO4-K2SO4 vandeninis tirpalas, kuriame yra 16,6 g kalio bisulfato ir 33,3 g kalio sulfato / 1 litrui.The latter examples illustrate the invention without limiting it. The following abbreviations are used in these examples: d is density; kT - room temperature, KHSO 4 -K 2 SO 4 aqueous solution containing 16.6 g potassium bisulphate and 33.3 g potassium sulphate per liter.

Lydymosi temperatūra /Tlyd/ matuojama Celsijaus laipsniais; išskyrus kai kuriuos ypač pažymėtinus atvejus, temperatūra buvo išmatuojama, neperkristalinant produkto.Melting point / T melted / measured in degrees Celsius; except in some particularly noteworthy cases, the temperature was measured without recrystallization.

Produkto švarumas tikrinamas plonasluoksnės chromatogrfijos būdu (PCh) arba aukšto efektyvumo skysčių chromatografijos (ESCh) būdu. Produktai charakterizuojami BMR spektru, užregistruotu 200 MH2 deuteruotame DMSO, be to, vidinis standartas yra tetrametilsilanas.The purity of the product is checked by thin layer chromatography (PCh) or by high performance liquid chromatography (ESCh). The products are characterized by NMR spectra recorded in 200 MH 2 deuterated DMSO, in addition to which tetramethylsilane is an internal standard.

BMR spektrų interpretavimui naudojamos šios reikšmės:The following meanings are used for the interpretation of NMR spectra:

- s - singletas,- s - singlet,

- p.s. - platus singletas,- p.s. - broad singlet,

-d - dubletas,-d - doublet,

-t - tripletas,-t - triplet,

-k - kvadrupletas,-k is a quadruplet,

- kv - kvintetas,- kv is the quintet,

- sek - sekstetas,- sec - sextet,

- m - masyvas arba multipletas.- m - array or multiplet.

Be to, im yra imidazolas.Also, im is imidazole.

Klasikiniu būdu vandenilio atomai bifenilile numeruojami, kaip parodyta formulėje:Classically, the hydrogen atoms in biphenyl are numbered as shown in the formula:

(I) iv(I) iv

CH,CH,

Žemiau nurodytuose pavyzdžiuose Z ir t lygūs nuliui, išskyrus atveją, kai gautas junginys yra pirimidinonas.In the examples below, Z and t are zero unless the resulting compound is pyrimidinone.

PavyzdysAn example

2-n-butil-4-spirociklopentan-l-/(2’-tret-butoksikarbonilbifenil-4il)metil/-2-imidazolin-5-onas ir 2-nbutil-1/(2’-karboksi bifenil-4il)metil/-4-spirociklopentan-2-imidazolin-5-ono trifluoracetatas /2būdas/.2-n-Butyl-4-spirocyclopentan-1 - [(2'-tert-butoxycarbonylbiphenyl-4-yl) methyl] -2-imidazolin-5-one and 2-n-butyl-1 '- (2'-carboxy biphenyl-4-yl) methyl / -4-Spirocyclopentan-2-imidazolin-5-one trifluoroacetate (Method 2).

A/ 1N-FMOK- -aminociklopentankarboninė rūgštis gaunama būdu, aprašytu Chi-Deu Chang et ai /Int. J. Peptide Protein Res., 1980, 15, 59-66/.A / 1N-FMOK- -aminocyclopentanecarboxylic acid is prepared as described by Chi-Deu Chang et al. / Int. J. Peptide Protein Res., 15, 59-66 (1980).

Tiyd.=89-91°C. M.p. = 89-91 ° C.

B/ N-/2'-tret-butoksikarbonil bifenil-4-il)metil/-l-(NFMOK-amino/ ciklopentan-l-karboksamidas.B / N- (2'-tert-Butoxycarbonyl-biphenyl-4-yl) methyl / -1- (NFMOK-amino / cyclopentane-1-carboxamide).

Ištirpinama ankstesnėje stadijoje gauto 700 mg produkto 8 ml DMFA ir palaipsniui pridedama 57 6 mg 4aminometil/2’-tret-butoksikarbonil -bifenilo, 970 mg FBO ir toks DIPEA kiekis, kad pakelti pH=6.Dissolve 700 mg of the product obtained in the previous step in 8 ml of DMFA and add 57 6 mg of 4-aminomethyl/2'-tert-butoxycarbonyl-biphenyl, 970 mg of FBO and raise DIPEA to pH = 6.

Reakcinė terpė maišoma 1 vai, praskiedžiama 100 ml etilacetato ir 20 ml vandens; organinė fazė palaipsniui praplaunama prisotintu natrio bikarbonato tirpalu, po to KHSO4-K2SO4 ir, pagaliau, prisotintu natrio chlorido tirpalu, po džiovinimo natrio sulfatu tirpalas išgarinamas iki sausumo. Gaunamas skystas aliejus, turintis masę (m), lygią 1,2 g.The reaction medium is stirred for 1 hour, diluted with 100 ml of ethyl acetate and 20 ml of water; the organic phase is gradually washed with saturated sodium bicarbonate solution, then KHSO 4 -K 2 SO 4, and finally with saturated sodium chloride solution, and the solution is evaporated to dryness after drying with sodium sulfate. A liquid oil having a mass (m) equal to 1.2 g is obtained.

C/ N-/2’-tret-butoksikarbonil bifenil-4-il-metil/-lamino/-ciklopentan-l-karboksamidas.C / N - [2'-tert-Butoxycarbonyl-biphenyl-4-yl-methyl] -amino] -cyclopentane-1-carboxamide.

Ankstesnėje stadijoje susidaręs produktas ištirpinamas 10 ml DMFA: po to pridedama 1 ml dietilamino ir 1 vai min maišoma, esant kT. Reakcinė terpė ekstrahuojama 100 ml etilacetato ir 20 ml vandens, po to organinė fazė praplaunama 1 kartą vandeniu, 1 kartą prisotintu natrio chlorido tirpalu, po to džiovinama natrio sulfatu ir išgarinama iki sausumo.The product from the previous step was dissolved in 10 mL of DMFA, followed by the addition of 1 mL of diethylamine and stirring at kT for 1 h. The reaction medium is extracted with 100 mL of ethyl acetate and 20 mL of water, then the organic phase is washed once with water, once with saturated sodium chloride solution, then dried over sodium sulfate and evaporated to dryness.

Likučio chromatografija atliekama silikagelyje eliuojant etilacetato/metanolo/amoniako 30% koncentracijos mišiniu (99/1/0,5; tūrio dalys. Gaunama 600 mg laukiamo junginio.Chromatography of the residue on silica gel eluting with 30% ethyl acetate / methanol / ammonia (99/1 / 0.5; v / v) yields 600 mg of the expected compound.

- IR /CHC13/:- AND / CHC1 3 /:

3350 cm1: H/amidas ir aminas/,3350 cm 1 : H / amide and amine /,

1700 cm'1: C=0 /CO2-tBu)/,1700 cm-1: C = 0 / CO 2 -tBu) /,

1650 cm'1: C=0/CONH/,1650 cm -1 : C = 0 / CONH /,

BMR spektras:NMR Spectrum:

- 1,25 - 1.25 m.d. m.d. : s: : s: 9H: 9H: tBu, tBu, - 2, 15 - 2, 15 - b - b 40 m. 40 years .d. : .d. : m: 10H: /C5H6, NH2/,m: 10H: (C 5 H 6 , NH 2 ), - 4,40 - 4.40 m.d. m.d. : d: : d: 2H: 2H: ch2-nh,ch 2 -nh, - 7, 15 - 7, 15 - 7, - 7, 75 m. 75 years .d. : .d. : m: 8H: bifenilas, m: 8H: biphenyl, - 8, 60 - 8, 60 m.d. m.d. : t: : t: 1H: 1H: nh-ch2.nh-ch 2 .

D/ 2-n-butil-4-spirociklopentan-l-/(2’-tret-butoksikarbonil -bifenil-bifenil-4ii)metil/2-imidazolin-5-onas.D / 2-n-Butyl-4-spirocyclopentan-1 - ((2'-tert-butoxycarbonyl-biphenyl-biphenyl-4ii) methyl / 2-imidazolin-5-one.

Ankstesnėje stadijoje gauto 354 mg produkto sumaišoma su 250 mg etilortovalerato 2 ml DChM. Pridedamas 1 lašas acto rūgšties, po to kaitinama iki 90°C temperatūros, kad išgaruotų DChM. Po 1 vai 15 min reakcijos mišinys ekstrahuojamas 50 ml etilacetato, 10 ml vandens ir 1 ml prisotintu natrio bikarbonato tirpalu. Po to organinė fazė praplaunama prisotintu natrio chlorido tirpalu, džiovinama natrio sulfatu ir išgarinama iki sausumo . Atliekama likučio chromatografija silikagelyje eliuojant etilacetato/tolueno (1/2; v/v) mišiniu. Susidaro 390 mg laukiamo produkto, kuris kristalinasi.The product from the previous step, 354 mg, is mixed with 250 mg ethyl orthovalerate in 2 mL DChM. Add 1 drop of acetic acid, then heat to 90 ° C to evaporate DChM. After 1 h, the reaction mixture was extracted with 50 mL of ethyl acetate, 10 mL of water and 1 mL of saturated sodium bicarbonate solution. The organic phase is then washed with a saturated sodium chloride solution, dried over sodium sulfate and evaporated to dryness. Chromatography of the residue on silica gel eluting with ethyl acetate / toluene (1/2; v / v). 390 mg of the expected product is crystallized.

Tlyd=63-65°C. Mp = 63-65 ° C.

IR /CHC13/:AND / CHC1 3 /:

N 1710-1720 cm’1: C=0, C=O /esteris ir imidazolinas/:N 1710-1720 cm ' 1 : C = 0, C = O / ester and imidazoline /:

- 1625 cm’1: C=N- 1625 cm -1 : C = N

BMR spektras:NMR Spectrum:

- 0,88 - 0.88 m.d. : m.d. : : t: : t: 3H: 3H: CH3/nBu/,CH 3 / nBu /, - 1,20 - 1.20 m.d. m.d. : s: : s: 9H: 9H: tBu, tBu, - 1, 35 - 1.35 m. d. m. d. : sek : sec ;: 2H ;: 2H :: ch3-ch2-,:: ch 3 -ch 2 -, - 1,58 - 1.58 m.d. m.d. : kV: : kV: 2H: 2H: ch3—ch2—ch2ch 3 —ch 2 —ch 2 - - 1,95- - 1.95- -1,65 -1.65 m. d. m. d. : m; : m; 8H: ciklopentanas, 8H: cyclopentane, - 2,42 - 2.42 m.d. m.d. : t: : t: 2H: 2H: ch3-ch2-ch2-ch2-,ch 3 -ch 2 -ch 2 -ch 2 -, - 4,78 - 4.78 m.d. m.d. : s : : s: 2H: 2H: CH2-CgH4-,CH 2 -CgH 4 -, - 7,20- - 7.20- -7,80 -7.80 m. d. m. d. : m: : m: 8H: aromatiniai prot 8H: aromatic prot

Masės spektras: MH+: 4 61Mass Spectrum: MH + : 4 61

E/ 2-n-butil-l-/(2’-karboksi bifenil-4il)metil/-4spirociklopentan-2-imidazolin-5-ono trifluoracetatas.E / 2-n-butyl-1 - ((2'-carboxy biphenyl-4-yl) methyl) -4-spirocyclopentan-2-imidazolin-5-one trifluoroacetate.

Ankstesnėje stadijoje gauto produkto 180 mg veikiama 3 ml DChM ir 4 ml TFR 45 minutes. Išgarinus vakuume, likutis ekstrahuojamas eteriu. Gaunama kieta baltos spalvos medžiaga, kuri filtruojama, praplaunama eteriu, po to džiovinama vakuume.The product from the previous step was treated with 180 mg of 3 ml of DChM and 4 ml of TFR for 45 minutes. After evaporation in vacuo, the residue is extracted with ether. A white solid is obtained which is filtered, rinsed with ether and then dried under vacuum.

m=155 mg.m = 155 mg.

Tlyd.=176-178°C.T mp. = 176-178 ° C.

BMR spektras:NMR Spectrum:

- 0,78 m.d.: t: 3H: CH3/nBut/.- 0.78 ppm: t: 3 H: CH 3 / nBut /.

- 1,25 m.d.: sek: 2H: CH3-CH2-,- 1.25 md: sec: 2H: CH 3 -CH 2 -,

- 1,50 m.d.: kV: 2H: CH3-CH2-CH2-,- 1.50 ppm: kV: 2H: CH 3 -CH 2 -CH 2 -,

- 1,75-2,00 m.d.: m: 8H: ciklopentanas,- 1.75-2.00 ppm: m: 8H: cyclopentane,

- 2,65 m.d.: t: 2H: CH3-CH2-CH2-CH2-,- 2.65 md: 2H: CH 3 -CH 2 -CH 2 -CH 2 -,

- 4,83 m.d.: s: 2H: CH2-CgH4-,- 4.83 ppm: s: 2H: CH 2 -CgH 4 -,

- 7,20-7,75 m.d.: m: 8H: aromatiniai protonai- 7.20-7.75 ppm: m: 8H: aromatic protons

Masės spektras: MH+:405Mass Spectrum: MH +: 405

PavyzdysAn example

2-n-butil-l-/(2'-karboksi- bifenil-4-il)-metil/-4-spirociklopentan-2-imidazolin-5-ono trifluoracetatas (1 būdas).2-n-Butyl-1 - [(2'-carboxybiphenyl-4-yl) methyl] -4-spirocyclopentan-2-imidazolin-5-one trifluoroacetate (method 1).

A/ 2-n-butil-4-spirociklopentan-2-imidazolin-5-onas.N-2-n-butyl-4-spirocyclopentan-2-imidazolin-5-one.

1-aminociklopentankarboninės rūgšties etilo esteris gaunamas /Adkins et Bllica,/ J. Amer. Chem. Soc., 1948, 70, 3121/ aprašytu būdu.The ethyl ester of 1-aminocyclopentanecarboxylic acid is obtained from / Adkins et Bllica, / J. Amer. Chem. Soc., 1948, 70, 3121 /.

Etilvalerimidatas gaunamas Mac Elvain /J. Amer. Chem. Soc., 1942, 64. 1825-1827/ aprašytu būdu. Po to, veikiant kalio karbonatui ir DC1M ekstrakcija išskiriama iš savo hidrochlorido.Ethyl valerimidate is obtained by Mac Elvain / J. Amer. Chem. Soc., 1942, 64. 1825-1827 /. Thereafter, extraction with potassium carbonate and DC1M separates it from its hydrochloride.

1-aminociklopentankarboninės rūgšties etilo eteris /1,57 g/ ir etilvalerimidatas /1,56 g/ ištirpinami 12 ml ksileno, į kurį įlašinama šeši acto rūgšties lašai, reakcinė terpė kaitinama šešias su puse valandos, susidarant flegmai, po to koncentruojama vakuume, ir atliekama likučio chromatografija silikagelyje eliuojant mišiniu: chloroformas/metanolas/acto rūgštis (94/4/2 tūrio dalys). Frakcija, kurioje yra norimas produktas, garinama kelis kartus, esant ksilenui, po to benzenui, norint pašalinti acto rūgštį. Gaunama 1,91 g produkto skysto aliejaus pavidalu.Dissolve 1-aminocyclopentanecarboxylic acid ethyl ether (1.57 g) and ethyl valerimidate (1.56 g) in 12 ml of xylene, add six drops of acetic acid, heat the reaction medium for six and a half hours, then concentrate in vacuo, and Chromatography of the residue on silica gel eluting with a mixture of chloroform / methanol / acetic acid (94/4/2 by volume). The fraction containing the desired product is evaporated several times in the presence of xylene followed by benzene to remove the acetic acid. 1.91 g of product are obtained in the form of a liquid oil.

IR /CHC13/:AND / CHC1 3 /:

- 1720 cm1: C=0- 1720 cm @ -1 : C = 0

- 1635 cm 1: C=N- 1635 cm @ -1 : C = N

Pastaba: faktas, kad nesimato juosta tarp 1500 irNote: The fact that you don't see the bar between 1500 and

1600 cm 1 rodo, kad chloroformo tirpale produktas yra imidazolinon -5- onas1600 cm 1 indicates that the product in the chloroform solution is imidazolinone -5-one

BMR spektras:NMR Spectrum:

- 0,92 m.d.: t: 3H: CH3/nBut/,- 0.92 ppm: t: 3 H: CH 3 / nBut /,

- 1,35 m.d.; sek: 2H: CH3-CH2-,- 1.35 billion; sec: 2H: CH 3 -CH 2 -,

- 1,50-1,93 m.d.: m: 10H: CH3-CH2-CH2- ir ciklopentanas,- 1.50 to 1.93 md: m: 10H: CH 3 -CH 2 -CH 2 - and cyclopentane,

- 2,33 m.d.: t: 2H: CH2=CH2-CH2-CH2-,- 2.33 ppm: t: 2H: CH 2 = CH 2 -CH 2 -CH 2 -,

- 10,7 m.d.: m: NH.- 10.7 ppm: m: NH.

Masės spektras: MH+:195.Mass Spectrum: MH + : 195.

Stadijoje A gautą 2-n-butil-4-spirociklopentan-2-imidazolin-5-oną galima gauti ir kitu būdu, aprašytu žemiau, panaudojant kaip pirminį reagentą ciklopentanoną.The 2-n-butyl-4-spirocyclopentan-2-imidazolin-5-one obtained in Step A can also be obtained by another method described below using cyclopentanone as the primary reagent.

a/ 1-aminociklopentannitrilas.α / 1-aminocyclopentanenitrile.

Ši stadija vyksta pagal A. Strecker /Org. Synth., 1955, 3/ aprašytą būdą.This stage takes place according to A. Strecker / Org. Synth., 1955, 3 /.

1,97 g natrio cianido ištirpinama kolboje 3,9 ml vandens ir pridedamas tirpalas, kuriame yra 2,33 g amonio chlorido 5,9-iuose ml vandens ir 3,5 ml 20% amoniako, pagaliau, pridedama į kolbą 3 g ciklopentanono 3,8 ml metanolo. Maišoma 1,5 vai, po to išlaikoma 45 min. 60°C temperatūroje, nutraukus kaitinimą, vėl maišoma 45 minutes, atšaldoma iki 25°C. Ekstrahuojama keletą kartų metilenchloridu. Džiovinama natrio sulfatu, filtruojama ir koncentruojama vakuume. Gaunama 4 g laukiamo produkto aliejingo skysčio pavidale.Dissolve 1.97 g of sodium cyanide in 3.9 ml of water in a flask and add a solution of 2.33 g of ammonium chloride in 5.9 ml of water and 3.5 ml of 20% ammonia, and finally add 3 g of cyclopentanone 3 to the flask. , 8 mL of methanol. Stir for 1.5 hours, then leave for 45 minutes. After stirring at 60 ° C, stir again for 45 minutes, then cool to 25 ° C. Extract several times with methylene chloride. Dry over sodium sulfate, filter, and concentrate in vacuo. 4 g of the expected product are obtained in the form of an oily liquid.

Gautas 1-aminociklopentannitrilas ištirpinamas 300 ml acetono ir pilamas maišant tirpalas, kuriame yra 2,25 g dihidratuotas rūgštynių rūgšties 200 ml acetono.The resulting 1-aminocyclopentanenitrile is dissolved in 300 ml of acetone and added with stirring to a solution of 2.25 g of dihydrated acid in 200 ml of acetone.

Susidariusios nuosėdos centrifuguojamos, praplaunamos acetonu, po to džiovinamos.The resulting precipitate is centrifuged, washed with acetone and then dried.

m=4,71 g.m = 4.71 g.

Tlyd =220°C. Melting point = 220 ° C.

Tas junginys yra I-aminociklopentanitrilo hemioksalatas.That compound is I-aminocyclopentanitrile hemioxalate.

b/ I-aminociklopentanacetamidas.b / I-Aminocyclopentanacetamide.

Ši stadija vyksta pagal J. Zabicky /The chemistry of Amides, Intersciences, New York, 1970.,, 119../ aprašytą būdą.This step is carried out according to the method described by J. Zabicky / The Chemistry of Amides, Intersciences, New York, 1970, 119 ../.

Ankstesnėje stadijoje gauto oksalato 5,1 g. 45 min. maišant veikiama 7,65 ml koncentruota sieros rūgštimi /d=l,84/.The oxalate obtained in the previous step was 5.1 g. 45 min with stirring treated with 7.65 ml of concentrated sulfuric acid / d = 1.84 /.

Išsiskiria dujos, temperatūra pakyla iki 100 °C. Atšaldoma iki 35°C temperatūros ir prie mišinio pridedamas ledas ir koncentruotas amoniakas (10 g/The gas evolves and the temperature rises to 100 ° C. Cool to 35 ° C and add ice and concentrated ammonia (10 g /

2,8 ml) .2.8 ml).

Susidariusi suspensija ekstrahuojama 6 kartus iš eilės chloroformu, kuriame yra 5 % metanolio. Į vandeninę fazę įpilama 3 ml amoniako /d=0, 92/ ir vėl ekstrahuojama chloroformu, kuriame yra metanolis (1/0,5 tūrio dalys). Sujungtas organines fazes džiovina natrio sulfatu, filtruoja ir koncentruoja. Laukiamas produktas gaunamas baltos spalvos kieto kūno pavidalu.The resulting suspension is extracted 6 times with 5% methanol in chloroform. To the aqueous phase is added 3 ml of ammonia / d = 0, 92 / and again extracted with chloroform containing methanol (1 / 0.5 volumes). The combined organic phases are dried over sodium sulfate, filtered and concentrated. The expected product is obtained in the form of a white solid.

m=3,79 gm = 3.79 g

Tlyd.=95°C. Melting point = 95 ° C.

Analizės rezultatai ir IR spektras patvirtina struktūrą.Analysis results and IR spectrum confirm the structure.

c/ 2-n-butil-4-spirociklopentan-2-imidazolin-5-onas.c / 2-n-Butyl-4-spirocyclopentan-2-imidazolin-5-one.

Ši stadija vyksta pagal H. Takenaka et ai. Heterocycles 1989, 29 /6/, 1185-89 aprašytą būdą.This stage is according to H. Takenaka et al. Heterocycles 1989, 29/6 /, 1185-89.

Ankstesnėje stadijoje gauto produkto 3 g įdedami į 70 ml bevandenio THF ir 3,3 ml trietilamino ir maišant pridedama 3 ml valerilchlorido 10 ml bevandenio THF. Gaunama baltos spalvos suspensija. Gautas tarpinis junginys, kurio negalima išskirti gryname pavidale, yra l-/N-valeril/ aminociklopentankarboksiamidas. Pridedama 5 g kalio hidroksido tablečių pavidalu, 7 ml vandens ir 16 ml metanolio. Kaitinama dvi su puse valandos, kol susidaro flegma, po to pridedama 9 g amonio chlorido. Maišoma 15 minučių, po to koncentruojama vakuume. Gautos nuosėdos ištraukiamos 40 ml vandens ir ekstrahuojamos 10 ml etilacetato, o po to 2 kartus po 5 ml etilacetato. Sujungtos organinės fazės džiovinamos natrio sulfatu ir filtruojamos. Filtratas koncentruojamas iki sausumo. Gaunama 4,85 g laukiamo produkto. BMR spektras panašus į prieš tai aprašytą. Galima gauti šio junginio chlorhidratą, pridėjus koncentruotą chloro vandenilio rūgštį. Chlorhidratas lydosi 240°C temperatūroje, tuo pačiu sublimuodamasis.3 g of the product obtained in the previous step are added to 70 ml of anhydrous THF and 3.3 ml of triethylamine and 3 ml of valeryl chloride are added to 10 ml of anhydrous THF under stirring. A white suspension is obtained. The resulting intermediate, which cannot be isolated in pure form, is l- / N-valeryl / aminocyclopentanecarboxamide. Add 5 g of potassium hydroxide in the form of tablets, 7 ml of water and 16 ml of methanol. Heat for two and a half hours until phlegm is formed, followed by the addition of 9 g of ammonium chloride. Stir for 15 minutes, then concentrate in vacuo. The resulting precipitate is extracted with 40 mL of water and extracted with 10 mL of ethyl acetate followed by 2 x 5 mL of ethyl acetate. The combined organic phases were dried over sodium sulfate and filtered. The filtrate is concentrated to dryness. 4.85 g of the expected product are obtained. The NMR spectrum is similar to that described above. Chlorohydrate of this compound can be obtained by addition of concentrated hydrochloric acid. Chlorohydrate melts at 240 ° C while subliming.

b/ 2-n-butil-4-spirociklopentanas-l-(2'-tret-butoksikarbonil -bifenil-4-il)metil/-2-imidazolin-5-onas.b / 2-n-Butyl-4-spirocyclopentane-1- (2'-tert-butoxycarbonyl-biphenyl-4-yl) methyl / -2-imidazolin-5-one.

Gauto ankstesnėje A/ stadijoje produkto ištirpinama metilato ir suspensiją ml DMFA. Pridedama 270 mg paliekama maišant 15 min, esant pridedama 2,08 g butoksikarbonil/-bifenilo, po kaitinti 40°C temperatūrojeThe product obtained in the previous step A / is dissolved in methylate and suspended in ml of DMFA. Add 270 mg and leave under stirring for 15 min with 2.08 g of butoxycarbonyl / biphenyl, after heating at 40 ° C

970 mg natrio kT. Į970 mg of sodium kT. To

4-brommetil-/2’-tret30 minučių pradedama azoto atmosferoje ir kaitinama tris su puse valandos. Reakcijos terpė ekstrahuojama mišiniu, kuriame yra 100 ml etilacetato, 10 ml vandens ir 1 ml prisotinto natrio bikarbonato tirpalo. Organinė fazė praplaunama prisotintu natrio chlorido tirpalu, po to džiovinama natrio sulfatu ir išgarinama iki sausumo. Atliekama likučio chromatografija silikagelyje eliuojant mišiniu: etilacetatas/toluenas (1/2; tūrio dalys). Gaunama 125 g laukiamo produkto, kuris kristalinasi.4-Bromomethyl- / 2'-tert is begun for 30 minutes under nitrogen and heated for three and a half hours. The reaction medium is extracted with a mixture of 100 ml of ethyl acetate, 10 ml of water and 1 ml of saturated sodium bicarbonate solution. The organic phase is washed with a saturated sodium chloride solution, then dried over sodium sulfate and evaporated to dryness. Chromatography of the residue on silica gel eluting with ethyl acetate / toluene (1/2; v / v). 125 g of the expected product are obtained, which crystallizes.

Tlyd.=63-66°C. Melting point = 63-66 ° C.

IR, BMR ir masės-spektras, o taip pat Rf yra identiški gautiems stadijoje D/ 1 pavyzdyje.IR, NMR and mass spectrum as well as R f are identical to those obtained in step D / 1.

c/ 2-n-butil-l-/2'-karboksi -bifenil-4-il)metil/-4spirociklopentan-2-imidazolin-5-ono trifluoracetatas.c- (2-n-Butyl-1- (2'-carboxy-biphenyl-4-yl) methyl) -4-spirocyclopentan-2-imidazolin-5-one trifluoroacetate.

Ankstesnėje stadijoje gauto produkto 1,22 g maišoma 40 min. tirpale, kuriame yra 6 ml DChM ir 8 ml TFR. Po koncentravimo vakuume likutis ekstrahuojamas etilo eteriu, susidariusios baltos spalvos nuosėdos filtruojamos, plaunamos eteriu, po to džiovinamos vakuume. Gaunama 1,15 laukiamo produkto.The product obtained in the previous step, 1.22 g, was stirred for 40 min. in a solution containing 6 ml DChM and 8 ml TFR. After concentration in vacuo, the residue is extracted with ethyl ether, the resulting white precipitate is filtered off, washed with ether and then dried under vacuum. 1.15 expected product to be obtained.

Tiyd.=176-178°CTiy d. = 176-178 ° C

IR, BMR ir masės spektrai yra identiški gautiems pavyzdyje 1E, analogiškai P, esantis TSCh, yra identiškas.IR, NMR, and mass spectra are identical to those obtained in Example 1E, analogous to P in TSCh.

Pavyzdys 3.Example 3.

2-n-butil-l-/2'-karboksi bifenil-4-il)metil-4spirociklopentan-2-imidazolin-5-ono trifluoracetatas /3 būdas/.2-n-Butyl-1- (2'-carboxy biphenyl-4-yl) methyl-4-spirocyclopentan-2-imidazolin-5-one trifluoroacetate (Method 3).

A/ Gaunamas 2-n-butilbenzimidazolas pagal wo. Pool /J. Amer. Chem. Soc. 1937, 59, 178/ aprašytą būdą, po to gaunamas 2-n-butil-4-5,6,7-tetrahidrobenzimidazolas pagal M. Hartmann and L. Panizzon, Helv. Chim. Actą, 1938, 21, 1692-1694/ aprašytą būdą.A / 2-n-Butylbenzimidazole is obtained according to wo. Pool / J. Amer. Chem. Soc. 1937, 59, 178, followed by the preparation of 2-n-butyl-4-5,6,7-tetrahydrobenzimidazole according to M. Hartmann and L. Panizzon, Helv. Chim. Act, 1938, 21, 1692-1694 /.

Tlyd =145°C. Mp = 145 ° C.

BMR spektras:NMR Spectrum:

- 0,82 m.d.: t: 3H: CH3/nBu/,- 0.82 ppm: t: 3 H: CH 3 / nBu /,

- 1,23 m.d.: sek: 2H: CH3-CH2-,- 1.23 ppm: s: 2H: CH 3 -CH 2 -,

- 1,50 m.d.: kV: 2H; CH3-CH2-CH2-,- 1.50 md: kV: 2H; CH 3 -CH 2 -CH 2 -,

- 1,65 m.d.: s: 4H: H5,H6 (tetrahidrobenziimidazolas),- 1.65 ppm: s: 4 H H 5, H 6 (tetrahidrobenziimidazolas)

- 2,35 m.d.: s: 4H: H4,H7 (tetrahidrobenziimidazolas),- 2.35 ppm: s: 4 H: H 4, H 7 (tetrahidrobenziimidazolas)

- 2,45 m.d.: t: 2H: CH3-CH2-CH2-CH2-,- 2.45 md: 2H: CH 3 -CH 2 -CH 2 -CH 2 -,

- 11,1 m.d.: m: NH.- 11.1 ppm: m: NH.

Masės spektras: Mt:178.Mass spectrum: M t : 178.

B/ 2-n-butil-4-spirociklopentan-l-/(2’-tret-butoksikarbonil-4-bifenilil/-metil/-2-imidazolin-5-onas.B / 2-n-butyl-4-spirocyclopentan-1 - [(2'-tert-butoxycarbonyl-4-biphenyl) -methyl] -2-imidazolin-5-one.

Ankstesnėje stadijoje gauto produkto 1 gramas ištirpinamas 45 ml DMFA, kuriame yra 303 mg natrio metilato ir keli mg metileno mėlio. Į reakcijos terpę, kuri švitinama ultravioletine lempa, pučiamas deguonis. Po 15 minučių pridedama 2,14 g 4-brommetil-/2’-tretbutoksikarbonil/-bifenilo, po valandos reakcijos terpė ekstrahuojama 300 ml etilacetato, įpilant 50 vandens ir 5 ml prisotinto natrio bikarbonato tirpalo. Po to organinė fazė praplaunama prisotintu natrio chlorido tirpalu, po to džiovinama natrio sulfatu ir išgarinama iki sausumo. Atliekama likučio chromatografija silikagelyje eliuojant etilacetato/tolueno mišiniu (1/2; tūrio dalys). Gaunama 610 mg laukiamo produkto, kuris kristalinasi.Dissolve 1 g of the product obtained in the preceding step in 45 ml of DMFA containing 303 mg of sodium methylate and several mg of methylene blue. Oxygen is blown into the reaction medium, which is irradiated with an ultraviolet lamp. After 15 minutes, 2.14 g of 4-bromomethyl- / 2'-tert-butoxycarbonyl / -biphenyl is added and after 1 hour the reaction medium is extracted with 300 ml of ethyl acetate, 50 ml of water and 5 ml of saturated sodium bicarbonate solution are added. The organic phase is then washed with a saturated sodium chloride solution, then dried over sodium sulfate and evaporated to dryness. Chromatograph the residue on silica gel eluting with ethyl acetate / toluene (1/2; v / v). 610 mg of the expected product is obtained, which crystallizes.

Tiyd.=62-65°C M.p. = 62-65 ° C

IR, BMR spektrai, masės spektras, o taip pat R yra identiški anksčiau gautam tam pačiam junginiui.IR, NMR spectra, mass spectrum, and R are identical to those obtained previously for the same compound.

C/ 2-n-butil-l-/(2'-karboksi bifenil-4-il)metil/-4spirociklopentan-2-imidazolin-5-ono trifluoracetatas.C / 2-n-Butyl-1 - ((2'-carboxy biphenyl-4-yl) methyl) -4-spirocyclopentan-2-imidazolin-5-one trifluoroacetate.

Šis junginys gaunamas rūgščioje terpėje kaip aprašyta 1 pavyzdžio ir 2 pavyzdžio vėliausioje stadijoje. Fiziko-cheminiai duomenys yra identiški tam pačiam junginiui, paruoštam pagal 1 ir 2 būdus.This compound is obtained in the acidic medium as described in the final step of Example 1 and Example 2. The physico-chemical data are identical for the same compound prepared according to Methods 1 and 2.

PavyzdysAn example

2-n-butil-4,4-dimetil-l-/(2’-butoksikarbonil bifenil-4il)metil/-2-imidazolin-5-onas ir 2-n-butil-l-/(2’karboksi bifenil-4-il)metil/-4,4-dimetil-2-imidazolin5-ono trifluoracetatas /1 būdas/.2-n-Butyl-4,4-dimethyl-1 - [(2'-butoxycarbonyl-biphenyl-4-yl) -methyl] -2-imidazolin-5-one and 2-n-butyl-1 - ((2'-carboxy-biphenyl-) 4-yl) methyl (-4,4-dimethyl-2-imidazolin-5-one trifluoroacetate (method 1).

A/ 2-n-butil-4,4-dimetil-2-imidazolin-5-onas.N-2-n-butyl-4,4-dimethyl-2-imidazolin-5-one.

Alfa-aminoizosviesto rūgšties etilo esteris gaunamas pagal R. Jacąuier et ai Bull, Soc., Chim. Fran. 1971/3/, 1040-1051. aprašytą būdą.The ethyl ester of alpha-aminoisobutyric acid is prepared according to R. Jacąuier et al. Bull, Soc., Chim. Fran. 1971/3, 1040-1051. .

650 mg šio junginio ir 780 mg etilvalerimidato ištirpinama 8 ml ksileno, kuriame yra 4 lašai acto rūgšties ir kaitinama 7 valandas, kol susidaro flegma. Tada reakcijos terpė koncentruojama vakuume, ir atliekama likučio chromatografija siliagelyje eliuojant mišiniui chloroformas/metanas/acto rūgštis (95/5/2; tūrio dalys). Keletą kartų išgarinus su ksilenu, o po650 mg of this compound and 780 mg of ethyl valerimidate are dissolved in 8 ml of xylene containing 4 drops of acetic acid and heated for 7 hours until phlegm is formed. The reaction medium is then concentrated in vacuo and the residue is chromatographed on silica gel eluting with chloroform / methane / acetic acid (95/5/2; v / v). After evaporating several times with xylene, and after

to benzenu, norint pašalinti of that benzene to remove acto vinegar rūgštį, acid, gaunama is obtained 560 mg laukiamo produkto, kuris 560 mg of the expected product which kristalinasi. crystallize. Tiyd.=35-38°C. Mp = 35-38 ° C. IR/CHCI3/: IR (CHCl3): - 1725 cm1: C=0,- 1725 cm -1 : C = 0, - 1635 cm’1: C=N.- 1635 cm -1 : C = N. Pastaba: pagal tai, kad tarp Note: According to that between 1500 1500 ir 1600 and 1,600 cm 1 nėracm 1 is not available signalo, galima spręsti, kad junginys, signal, one can judge that the compound, esąs chloroformo of chloroform

tirpale, yra 2-imidazolin-5-onas.solution, contains 2-imidazolin-5-one.

BMR spektras:NMR Spectrum:

- 0, - 0, 92 92 m.d. : m.d. : t: t: 3H: 3H: CH3/nBu/,CH 3 / nBu /, - b - b 20 20th m.d. : m.d. : s: s: 6H: 6H: C/CH3/2,C / CH 3/2, - b - b 38 38 m.d. : m.d. : sek sec : 2] : 2] H: CH3-CH2-,H: CH 3 -CH 2 -, - 1, - 1, 63 63 m.d. : m.d. : kV: kV: 2H 2H : CH3-CH2-CH2-,: CH 3 -CH 2 -CH 2 -, - 2, - 2, 38 38 m.d. : m.d. : t: t: 2H: 2H: ch3-ch2-ch2-ch2 ch 3 -ch 2 -ch 2 -ch 2 - 10 - 10 »7 »7 m.d. : m.d. : m: m: 1H: 1H: N-H. N-H.

Masės spektras: MH+:169.Mass Spectrum: MH + : 169.

B/ 2-n-butil-4,4-dimetil-l-/(2'-tret-butoksikarbonil bifenil-4-il)metil/-2-imidazolin-5-onas.B / 2-n-butyl-4,4-dimethyl-1- (2'-tert-butoxycarbonyl-biphenyl-4-yl) methyl--2-imidazolin-5-one.

Gauto ankstesnėje stadijoje produkto 520 miligramų ištirpinama 10 ml DMFA, pridedama 167 mg natrio metilato ir azoto atmosferoje maišoma 15 minučių. Po to pridedama 1,25 g 4-brommetil-/2’-tret-butoksikarbonil/bifenilo ir paliekama maišant trims su puse valandos 40°C temperatūroje,. Reakcinė terpė ekstrahuojama 150 ml etilacetato, po to 20 ml vandens ir 2 ml prisotinto natrio bikarbonato tirpalo. Organinė fazė praplaunama prisotintu natrio chlorido tirpalu, džiovinama natrio sulfatu ir išgarinama iki sausumo. Atliekama likučio chromatografija silikagelyje eliuojant mišiniu: etilacetatas/toluolas (1,2/2; tūrio dalys)/. Gaunama 570 mg laukiamo produkto, kuris kristalinasi.In the previous step, 520 milligrams of the product were dissolved in 10 mL of DMFA, added 167 mg of sodium methylate and stirred under nitrogen for 15 minutes. 1.25 g of 4-bromomethyl- / 2'-tert-butoxycarbonyl / biphenyl are then added and left under stirring for three and a half hours at 40 ° C. The reaction medium is extracted with 150 ml of ethyl acetate followed by 20 ml of water and 2 ml of saturated sodium bicarbonate solution. The organic phase is washed with a saturated sodium chloride solution, dried over sodium sulfate and evaporated to dryness. Chromatography of the residue on silica gel eluting with a mixture of ethyl acetate / toluene (1,2 / 2; v / v). 570 mg of the expected product is obtained, which crystallizes.

Tiyd.=98-100°C.Mp = 98-100 ° C.

IR/CHCI3/:IR (CHCl3):

1710-1720 cm’1: C=0, C=0 (imidazolinonas, esteris),1710-1720 cm- 1 : C = 0, C = 0 (imidazolinone, ester),

- 1625 cm'1: C=N.- 1625 cm -1 : C = N.

BMR spektras:NMR Spectrum:

- 0,78 - 0.78 m.d. : m.d. : t: t: 3H: CH3/nBu/,3H: CH 3 / nBu /, - 1,08 - 1.08 m.d. : m.d. : s: s: 9H: C/CH3/3 9H: C / CH 3/3 f f - 1,15 - 1.15 m. d. : m. d. : s: s: c/ch3/2 c / CH 3/2 ► 8H ► 8H - 1,20 - 1.20 m. d. : m. d. : sek sec : CH3-CH2-: CH 3 -CH 2 - - 1,45 - 1.45 m. d. : m. d. : kV: kV: 2H: CH3-CH2-CH2-,2H: CH 3 -CH 2 -CH 2 -, - 2,30 - 2.30 m.d. : m.d. : t: t: 2H: CH3-CH2 2H: CH 3 CH 2 -ch2-ch2-,-ch 2 -ch 2 -, - 4,65 - 4.65 m.d. : m.d. : s: s: 2H: CH2-C6H2H: CH 2 -C 6 H 4-' 4- '

-7,15-7,65 m.d.: m: 8H: aromatiniai protonai.-7.15-7.65 ppm: m: 8H: aromatic protons.

Pagal OBE (Overhauzerio branduolinis efektas) tyrimus galima patvirtinti pakaitų 5-ono ir 4,4-dimetil imidazoline padėtį:The OBE (Overhauzer Nuclear Effect) assays can confirm the position of the substituted 5-one and 4,4-dimethyl imidazoline:

Masės spektras: MH+:435.Mass Spectrum: MH + : 435.

C/ 2-n-butil-l-/(2'-karboksi bifenil-4-il)metil/-4,4dimetil-2-imidazolin-5-ono trifluoracetatas.C / 2-n-Butyl-1- (2'-carboxy biphenyl-4-yl) methyl / -4,4-dimethyl-2-imidazolin-5-one trifluoroacetate.

Gauto ankstesnėje stadijoje produkto 400 mg veikiama 3 ml DChM ir 4 ml TFR 40 minučių. Po koncentravimo vakuume likutis ekstrahuojamas eteriu, o susidariusios nuosėdos filtruojamos, praplaunamos eteriu, po to džiovinamos vakuume. Gaunama 450 mg laukiamo produkto baltos spalvos, kieto kūno pavidalu.In the previous step, 400 mg of the product was treated with 3 ml of DChM and 4 ml of TFR for 40 minutes. After concentration in vacuo, the residue is extracted with ether and the resulting precipitate is filtered off, washed with ether and then dried under vacuum. 450 mg of the expected product are obtained in the form of a white solid.

Tlyd =168-171°C.T mp = 168-171 ° C.

BMR spektras:NMR Spectrum:

- 0,82 m.d0.82 ppm

- 1,30 m.d- 1.30 ppm

1,35 1.35 m.d. m.d. 1,55 1.55 m.d. m.d. 2, 62 2, 62 m. d. m. d. 4, 82 4, 82 m.d. m.d. 7,20- 7.20- -7,75 -7.75

t: 3H: CH3/nBu/, sek: CH3-CH2- Įt: 3H: CH 3 / nBu /, sec: CH 3 -CH 2 -

8H s: C/CH3/2kV: 2H: CH3-CH2-CH2-, t: 2H: CH3-CH2-CH2-CH2-, s: 2H: CH2-C6H4-,8H of C / CH 3/2 kV: 2H: CH 3 -CH 2 -CH 2 -, that is: 2H: CH 3 -CH 2 -CH 2 -CH 2 -, s: 2H: CH 2 -C 6 H 4 -,

m.d.: m: 8H: aromatiniai protonaim.d .: m: 8H: aromatic protons

Masės spektras: MH+:379.Mass Spectrum: MH + : 379.

PavyzdysAn example

1-/(2'-ciano bifenil-4-il)metil/-2-n-butil-4-spirociklopentan -2-imidazolin-5-onas ir 2-n-butil-4spirociklopentan-I-//2'-(tetrazol-5-il)bifenilil-4il) met.il/-2-imidazolin-5-onas (1 būdas).1 - [(2'-Cyano-biphenyl-4-yl) methyl] -2-n-butyl-4-spirocyclopentan-2-imidazolin-5-one and 2-n-butyl-4-spirocyclopentane-1 - [2'- (tetrazol-5-yl) biphenylyl-4-yl) methyl-2-imidazolin-5-one (Method 1).

A/ I-/(2’-ciano bifenil-4-il)metil/-2-n-butil-4spirociklopentan-2-imidazolin-5-onas.N - [(2'-Cyano-biphenyl-4-yl) methyl] -2-n-butyl-4-spirocyclopentan-2-imidazolin-5-one.

Azoto atmosferoje gaunamas mišinys, kuriame yra 250 mg natrio hidrido (80% disperguoto mineraliniame aliejuje) ir 5 ml DMFA, ir pridedama lašais tirpalas, kuriame yra 0, 97 g 2— n-butil-4-spirociklopentan-2-imidazolin-5-ono (gauto 2 pavyzdžio A stadijoje) 10 ml DMFA. Maišoma 30 minučių esant kT, po to pridedama tirpalo, kuriame yra 1,5 g 4-brommetil-2-cianobifenilo 10 ml DMFA. Maišoma 1 vai. prie kT, po to išgarinamas DMFA, esant sumažintam slėgiui, po to likutis ekstrahuojamas etilacetatu, organinė fazė praplaunama vandeniu, po to džiovinama natrio sulfatu, filtruojama ir garinama. Atliekama likučio chromatografija silikagelyje eliuojant mišiniu: DChM /etilacetatas (9/1; tūrio dalys). Išskiriama 1,68 g laukiamo produkto.A mixture of 250 mg of sodium hydride (80% dispersed in mineral oil) and 5 ml of DMFA is added under a nitrogen atmosphere and a solution of 0, 97 g of 2-n-butyl-4-spirocyclopentane-2-imidazoline-5 is added dropwise. ono (obtained in Example 2, Step A) in 10 ml of DMFA. After stirring for 30 minutes at kT, a solution of 1.5 g of 4-bromomethyl-2-cyanobiphenyl in 10 ml of DMFA is added. Stir in 1 or. at kT followed by evaporation of the DMFA under reduced pressure, then the residue was extracted with ethyl acetate, the organic phase was washed with water, then dried over sodium sulfate, filtered and evaporated. Chromatography of the residue on silica gel eluting with a mixture of DCM / ethyl acetate (9/1; v / v). 1.68 g of the expected product are isolated.

Tlyd =92-93°C. Mp = 92-93 ° C.

B/ 2-n-butil-4-spirociklopentan-l-/2'-(trifenilmetiltetrazol-5-il)bifenil-4-il)metil/-2-imidazolin-5-onas.B / 2-n-butyl-4-spirocyclopentan-1- (2 '- (triphenylmethyl-tetrazol-5-yl) -biphenyl-4-yl) -methyl--2-imidazolin-5-one.

1,56 g ankstesnėje stadijoje gauto produkto, 2,6 g tributilolo azido ir 30 ml ksileno kaitinama 66 valandas, kol susidaro flegma. Po to ksilenas išgarinamas, o likutis tirpinamas 20 ml DChM ir 5 ml THF, pridedant 0,8 ml 10N natrio hidroksido ir po 30 min maišymo - 2,5 g trimetilchlorido, po to paliekama maišant 26 valandas. Po to išgarinus tirpiklius likutis ekstrahuojamas etilacetatu ir praplaunama vandeniu, po to 3% kalio hidrosulfato tirpalu ir vandeniu. Džiovinama ir garinama. Atliekama nuosėdų chromatografija aliuminio okside eliuojant mišiniu: heksanas/etilacetatas (9/1; tūrio dalys).1.56 g of the product obtained in the previous step, 2.6 g of tributylol azide and 30 ml of xylene are heated for 66 hours until phlegm is formed. The xylene is then evaporated and the residue is dissolved in 20 mL of DChM and 5 mL of THF by adding 0.8 mL of 10N sodium hydroxide and after stirring for 30 min, 2.5 g of trimethyl chloride, followed by stirring for 26 h. After evaporation of the solvents, the residue is extracted with ethyl acetate and washed with water followed by 3% potassium hydrosulphate solution and water. Dried and evaporated. Chromatograph the residue on alumina using a mixture of hexane / ethyl acetate (9/1; v / v).

Gaunama 1, 97 g laukiamo produkto.1.97 g of the expected product are obtained.

Tlyd.=150-152°C. Melting point = 150-152 ° C.

C/ 2-n-butil-4-spirociklopentan-l-/2'-(tetrazol-5-il) bifenil-4-il)metil/-2-imidazolin-5-onas.C2- (n-butyl-4-spirocyclopentan-1- (2 '- (tetrazol-5-yl) biphenyl-4-yl) methyl) -2-imidazolin-5-one.

Ankstesnėje stadijoje gauto produkto 1,96 g ištirpinama 10 ml metanolio ir 10 ml THF. Atšaldžius reakcijos tirpalą iki 5°C temperatūros, pridedama 1,5 ml 4 N chloro vandenilio rūgšties ir maišoma 3 vai kT, ir 1 vai. 30°C temperatūroje. Išgarinus tirpiklius, likutis ekstrahuojamas vandeniu ir sureguliuojamas pH=12, pridedant 10 N natrio hidroksido. Vandens fazė ekstrahuojama eteriu, toluenu ir vėl eteriu. Vandens fazė parūgštinama iki pH=2, pridedant 1 N chlorvandenilio rūgštį, po to ekstrahuojama etilacetatu, džiovinama ir garinama. Gauta baltos spalvos kieta medžiaga džiovinama 50°C temperatūroje, esant slėgiui 0,05 mm gyvsidabrio stulpelio. Gaunama 840 g laukiamo produkto.1.96 g of the product obtained in the previous step are dissolved in 10 ml of methanol and 10 ml of THF. After cooling the reaction solution to 5 ° C, 1.5 ml of 4N hydrochloric acid is added and stirred for 3 hours and 1 hour. At 30 ° C. After evaporation of the solvents, the residue was extracted with water and adjusted to pH = 12 by the addition of 10 N sodium hydroxide. The aqueous phase is extracted with ether, toluene and again with ether. The aqueous phase is acidified to pH = 2 with 1N hydrochloric acid, then extracted with ethyl acetate, dried and evaporated. The resulting white solid was dried at 50 ° C under a pressure of 0.05 mm of mercury. 840 g of the expected product are obtained.

Tlyd.=180-180°C.T mp. = 180-180 ° C.

BMR spektras:NMR Spectrum:

- 0,75 m.d.: t: 3H: CH3/nBu/,- 0.75 ppm: t: 3 H: CH 3 / nBu /,

- 1,10 m.d.: sek: 2H; CH3-CH2-,- 1.10 md: sec: 2H; CH 3 -CH 2 -,

1,20 m.d.: kV: 2H: CH3-CH2-CH2-,1.20 ppm: kV: 2H: CH 3 -CH 2 -CH 2 -,

- 1,5-2 m.d.: m: 8H: - C5H8,- 1.5-2 md: m: 8H: - C 5 H 8 ,

- 2,2 m.d.: t: 2H: CH3-CH2-CH2-CH2-,- 2.2 md: t: 2H: CH 3 -CH 2 -CH 2 -CH 2 -,

- 4,6 m.d.: s: 2H: CH2-C6H4-,- 4.6 ppm: s: 2H: CH 2 -C 6 H 4 -,

- 7 m.d. : m; s: 4H: CH2-C6H4-,- 7 md: m; s: 4H: CH 2 -C 6 H 4 -,

- 7,35-7,7 m.d.: m; 4H: H3, 4, 5, 6 aromatiniai protonai7.35-7.7 md: m; 4H: H 3 , 4, 5, 6 aromatic protons

OBE nagrinėjimas patvirtina pakaito 5-ono imidazole padėtį.Examination of the OBE confirms the position of the imidazole substituted 5-one.

D/ 2-n-butil-4-spirocilopentan-l-/(2’-(tetrazol-5-il) bifenil-4-il)metil/-2-imidazolin-5-ono kalio druska.D / 2-n-Butyl-4-spirocylopentan-1 - ((2 '- (tetrazol-5-yl) biphenyl-4-yl) methyl) -2-imidazolin-5-one potassium salt.

Ankstesnėje stadijoje gauto junginio 970 mg ištirpinama 40 ml izopropanolo -metanolo (1/1; tūrio dalys), mišinyje, sureguliuojamas pH=12, pridedant 85% kalio hidroksido tirpalo mišinyje: metanolis-vanduo (20/1; tūrio dalys). Išgarinama, likutis ekstrahuojamas izopropanolu ir vėl garinama.970 mg of the compound obtained in the preceding step is dissolved in 40 ml of isopropanol-methanol (1/1; v / v), adjusted to pH 12 with 85% potassium hydroxide solution in methanol-water (20/1; v / v). Evaporate, extract the residue with isopropanol and evaporate again.

Likutis tirpinamas 20 ml izopropanolo lengvai kaitinant, po to vėl sumažinama iki kambario temperatūros. Dekantuojama, išgarinamas filtratas, po to likutis ekstrahuojamas heptanu. Po to produktas koncentruojamas, filtruojamas, vėl praplaunamas heptanu ir džiovinamas vakuume. Gaunama 945 mg laukiamos kalio druskos.Dissolve the residue in 20 ml of isopropanol with gentle heating, then reduce it again to room temperature. Decant, evaporate the filtrate, then extract the residue with heptane. The product is then concentrated, filtered, rinsed with heptane and dried in vacuo. 945 mg of the expected potassium salt is obtained.

Tlyd.=142-144°C. Melting point = 142-144 ° C.

Elementų analizė: C25H27KN,,OxH2OElemental Analysis: C 25 H 27 KN ,, OxH 2 O

Išskaičiuota: C: 61,95 H: 6,03 N: 17,34Found: C, 61.95 H: 6.03 N: 17.34

Rasta, % 62,02 6,13 17,34Found,% 62.02 6.13 17.34

PavyzdysAn example

2-n-butil-l-/2'-karboksi bifenil-4-il)metil/-4-/-spirotetrahidropiran/-2-imidazolin-5-ono trifluoracetatas ir 2-n-butil-4-/4-spirotetrahidropiran/-l-/2'-tretbutoksikarbonil bifenil-4-il)metil/-2-imidazolin-5-onas /2 būdas/.2-n-Butyl-1- (2'-carboxy-biphenyl-4-yl) methyl-4- (spiro-tetrahydropyran) -2-imidazolin-5-one trifluoroacetate and 2-n-butyl-4- (4-spirotetrahydro-pyran) (-1- (2'-tert-butoxycarbonyl-biphenyl-4-yl) methyl) -2-imidazolin-5-one (Method 2).

A/ 4-aminotetrahidropiran-4-karboksilo rūgštis gaunama iš tetrahidropiran-4-ono pagal būdą, aprašytą vokiečių patente Nr. 2215 721.N-4-aminotetrahydropyran-4-carboxylic acid is obtained from tetrahydropyran-4-one according to the process described in German patent no. 2215 721.

B/ 4-/N-benziloksikarbonilamino/-4-karboksitetrahidropiranas.B / 4- / N-benzyloxycarbonylamino / -4-carboxytetrahydropyran.

Iš A stadijos 1,015 g produkto įdedama į 12 ml vandens ir 10°C temperatūroje veikiama 1,22 ml diizopropiletilamino, po to 3,33 g N-/benziloksikarboniloksi/sukcinimido, ištirpinto 12 ml acetonitrilo. Po 1 vai. 15 min. reakcijos terpė praskiedžiama 70 ml etilacetatu ir 10 ml vandens, po to reguliuojamas pH=2, pridedant prisotinto kalio bisulfato tirpalą.From Step A, 1.015 g of the product is added to 12 ml of water and treated with 1.22 ml of diisopropylethylamine at 10 ° C, followed by 3.33 g of N- / benzyloxycarbonyloxy / succinimide dissolved in 12 ml of acetonitrile. After 1 or. 15 mins the reaction medium is diluted with 70 mL of ethyl acetate and 10 mL of water, then adjusted to pH = 2 by addition of a saturated potassium bisulfate solution.

Po dekantavimo organinė fazė praplaunama prisotintu natrio chlorido tirpalu, džiovinama natrio sulfate, po to džiovinama vakuume. Likutis skiedžiamas 60 ml eterio, po to pridedama 7 moliai dicikloheksilamino. Susidariusios nuosėdos filtruojamos ir praplaunamos eteriu; po to jos tirpinamos etilacetato-vandens mišinyje ir reguliuojamas tirpalo pH=l,5, pridedant prisotintą kalio bisulfato tirpalą. Organinė fazė dekantuojama, praplaunama prisotintu natrio chlorido tirpalu, išgarinama vakuume, gaunama 1,9 g baltos spalvos kieta medžiagaAfter decantation, the organic phase is washed with a saturated sodium chloride solution, dried over sodium sulphate and then dried under vacuum. The residue is diluted with 60 ml of ether, followed by the addition of 7 moles of dicyclohexylamine. The precipitate formed is filtered off and washed with ether; they are then dissolved in ethyl acetate-water and adjusted to pH = 1.5 by the addition of a saturated solution of potassium bisulphate. Decant the organic phase, wash with saturated sodium chloride solution, evaporate in vacuo to give 1.9 g of a white solid.

Tlyd.=110-115°C. Melting point = 110-115 ° C.

C/ N-/2'-tret-butoksikarbonil bifenil-4-il—metil/-4-/Nbenziloksikarbonilamino/ -tetrahidropiran-4-karboksamidas.C- N - (2'-tert-Butoxycarbonyl-biphenyl-4-yl-methyl) -4- (N-benzyloxycarbonylamino) -tetrahydropyran-4-carboxamide.

850 mg B stadijoje gauto produkto ištirpinama 15 ml DMFA ir pridedama ekvimoliarinis kiekis 4-aminometil/2'-tret-butoksikarbonilbifenilo, DIPEA, po to FBO/ su 10% pertekliumi/. Po 40 min. reakcijos terpė ekstrahuojama 200 ml etilacetato ir 200 ml vandens. Organinė fazė dekantuojama, po to praplaunama 2 kartus prisotintu natrio bikarbonato tirpalu, 2 kartus 5% natrio bisulfato tirpalu, po to 1 kartą prisotintu natrio chlorido tirpalu. Po džiovinimo natrio sulfatu organinė fazė išgarinama iki sausumo. Gaunama 1,8 g laukiamo produkto.850 mg of the product obtained in Step B are dissolved in 15 ml of DMFA and an equimolar amount of 4-aminomethyl / 2'-tert-butoxycarbonylbiphenyl, DIPEA, followed by FBO / with 10% excess / is added. After 40 minutes the reaction medium is extracted with 200 ml of ethyl acetate and 200 ml of water. The organic phase is decanted, then washed twice with saturated sodium bicarbonate solution, twice with 5% sodium bisulphate solution and then once with saturated sodium chloride solution. After drying over sodium sulfate, the organic phase is evaporated to dryness. 1.8 g of the expected product are obtained.

D/ N-/2'-tret-butoksikarbonil-bifenil-4-il—metil/-4amino-tetrahidropiran-4-karboksamidas.D / N- (2'-tert-Butoxycarbonyl-biphenyl-4-yl-methyl / -4-amino-tetrahydropyran-4-carboxamide.

Produktas, gautas C stadijoje, tirpinamas 30 ml metanolo. Pridedama 400 mg paladžio, 10% anglyje ir hidrinama atmosferos slėgyje. Po 1 vai. katalizatorius nufiltruojamas, po to filtratas koncentruojamas vakuume. Atliekama likučio chromatografija silicio okside, eliuojant mišiniu: etilacetatas-metanolisamoniakas 33 % koncentracijos (99/1/0,5; tūrio dalys). Gaunama 0, 93 g laukiamo produkto baltos spalvos kietos medžiagos pavidalu.The product obtained in Step C is dissolved in 30 ml of methanol. Add 400 mg palladium, 10% carbon and hydrogenate at atmospheric pressure. After 1 or. the catalyst is filtered off and the filtrate is concentrated in vacuo. Chromatography of the residue on silica eluting with a mixture of ethyl acetate-methanolic ammonia at 33% (99/1 / 0.5; v / v). 0.93 g of the expected product is obtained in the form of a white solid.

Tlyd. = 125-127ūC.T melt = 125-127 ū C.

BMR spektras:NMR Spectrum:

- 8,50 m.d.: t: 1H: amidinis H,- 8.50 ppm: t: 1H: amide H,

- 7,60-7,05 m.d.: m; 8H: aromatiniai protonai- 7.60-7.05 ppm: m; 8H: Aromatic Protons

- 4,25 m.d.: d: 2H: CH2-C6H4-,- 4.25 ppm: d: 2H: CH 2 -C 6 H 4 -,

- 3,70-3,50 m.d.: m; 4H: CH2 tetrahidropirano 2 ir 6 padėtyje,- 3.70-3.50 md: m; 4H: CH 2 at the 2 and 6 positions of the tetrahydropyran,

- 2,00-1,80 m.d.: m; 4H: CH2 tetrahidropirano 3 ir 5 padėtyje.- 2.00-1.80 md: m; 4H: CH 2 at positions 3 and 5 of tetrahydropyran.

- 1,05 m.d.: s: 9H, tBu.- 1.05 ppm: s: 9H, tBu.

E/ 2-n-butil-4-/4-spirotetrahidropiran/-l/2'-tetrabutoksikarbonilbifenil-4-il)metil-2-imidazolin-5-onas.E- (2-n-butyl-4- (4-spirotetrahydropyran [-1,2'-tetrabutoxycarbonyl-biphenyl-4-yl) methyl-2-imidazolin-5-one].

Mišinys, kuriame yra 0,9 g junginio, gauto D stadijoje, 327 mg metilortovalerato ir 2 lašai acto rūgšties, kaitinamas 3val. 110°C temperatūroje. Reakcinė terpė ekstrahuojama 100 ml etilacetato tirpalu, praplaunama prisotintu natrio bikarbonato tirpalu, prisotintu natrio chlorido tirpalu, po to džiovinama natrio sulfate, ir išgarinamas etilacetatas. Gauto likučio chromatografija atliekama silicio okside eliuojant mišiniu: etilacetatas/toluenas (2.1; tūrio dalys).A mixture of 0.9 g of the compound obtained in Step D, 327 mg of methylorthovalerate and 2 drops of acetic acid is heated for 3 hours. At 110 ° C. The reaction medium is extracted with 100 ml of ethyl acetate solution, washed with saturated sodium bicarbonate solution, saturated sodium chloride solution, then dried over sodium sulfate, and evaporated with ethyl acetate. Chromatography of the residue obtained on silica eluting with ethyl acetate / toluene (2.1; v / v).

Gaunama 550 mg laukiamo produkto vaško pavidalu.550 mg of the expected product are obtained in the form of a wax.

BMR spektras:NMR Spectrum:

- 7,65-7,60 m.d.: m: .8.H: aromatiniai protonai- 7.65-7.60 ppm: m: .8.H: aromatic protons

- 4,63 m.d.: s: 2H: CH2-C6H4-,- 4.63 ppm: s: 2H: CH 2 -C 6 H 4 -,

- 3,85-3,55. ppm: m: 4H: CH2 tetrahidropirano 2 ir 6 padėtyje.- 3.85-3.55. ppm: m: 4H: CH 2 tetrahydropyran 2 and 6 position.

- 2,30 m.d.: t: 2H: CH2-C3H7,- 2.30 md: 2H: CH 2 -C 3 H 7 ,

- 1,05-1,80 m.d.: m: 8H: CH2-CH2-CH2-CH3 ir CH2 tetrahidropirano 3 ir 5 padėtyje.- from 1.05 to 1.80 ppm: m: 8H: CH 2 -CH 2 -CH 2 -CH 3 and CH 2 tetrahydropyran 3 and 5 position.

- 1,03 m.d.: - 1.03 ppm: s: s: 9H: tBu; 9H: tBu; - 0,75 m.d.: - 0.75 da: t: t: 3H: /CH2/3-CH3 3H: / CH 2/3 -CH 3 IR /CHC13/:AND / CHC1 3 /: - 1710-1720 - 1710-1720 -1 cm -1 cm : C=0, C=0, : C = 0, C = 0, - 1625 cm'1:- 1625 cm ' 1 : C=N C = N

F/ 2-n-butil-4-/4-spirotetrahidropiran/-l-(2'-tretbutoksikarbonil bifenil-4-il)metil/-2-2imidazolin-5-ono trifluoracetatas.F / 2-n-Butyl-4- (4-spirotetrahydropyran) -1- (2'-tert-butoxycarbonyl-biphenyl-4-yl) methyl / -2-imidazolin-5-one trifluoroacetate.

Ankstesnėje stadijoje gauto produkto 530 mg veikiama 4 ml dichlormetano ir 5 ml TFR 45 minutes. Po garinimo vakuume likutis ekstrahuoj amas eteriu, susidariusios nuosėdos filtruojamos, praplaunamos eteriu, po to džiovinamos vakuume. Gaunama 510 mg laukto produkto.The product from the previous step was treated with 530 mg of 4 ml of dichloromethane and 5 ml of TFR for 45 minutes. After evaporation in vacuo, the residue is extracted with ether, the resulting precipitate is filtered off, washed with ether and then dried under vacuum. 510 mg of the expected product are obtained.

Tlyd.=159-162°C. Melting point = 159-162 ° C.

BMR spektras:NMR Spectrum:

- 7,80-7,10 m.d.: m; 8H: aromatiniai protonai- 7.80-7.10 ppm: m; 8H: Aromatic Protons

- 4,80 m.d.:s: 2H: CH2-Cf.H4-,- 4.80 md: s: 2H: CH 2 -C f .H 4 -,

- 4,00-3,75 m.d.: m: 4H: CH2 tetrahidropirano 2 ir 6 padėtyje;- from 4.00 to 3.75 ppm: m: 4H: CH 2 tetrahydropyran 2 and 6 position;

- 2,60 m.d.: t: 2H: CH2-C3H7,- 2.60 md: 2H: CH 2 -C 3 H 7 ,

- 1,45-2, 00 m.d.: m: 6H: CH2-CH2-CH2-CH3 ir CH2 tetrahidropirano 3 ir 5 padėtyje,- from 1.45 to 2, 00 ppm: m: 6H: CH 2 -CH 2 -CH 2 -CH 3 and CH 2 tetrahydropyran 3 and 5 position,

- 1,30 m.d.: sek: 2H: CH2-CH2-CH2-CH3,- 1.30 md: sec: 2H: CH 2 -CH 2 -CH 2 -CH 3 ,

- 0,80 m.d.: t: 3H: /CH2/3-CH3.- 0.80 ppm: t: 3H: / CH 2/3 -CH third

PavyzdysAn example

2-n-butii-1-/(2'-karboksibifenil-4-il)metil/-4-/spiro(l-benzil-4-piperidin)/-2-imidazolin-5-ono trifluoracetatas ir 2-n-butil-4-/spiro-(l-benzil-4-piperidin)/1-/2’-tret-butoksikarbonilbifenil-4-il)metil/-2imidazolin-5-onas /1 būdas/.2-n-Butyl-1 - [(2'-carboxybiphenyl-4-yl) methyl] -4- (spiro (1-benzyl-4-piperidin)) -2-imidazolin-5-one trifluoroacetate and 2-n- butyl-4- (spiro- (1-benzyl-4-piperidin) / 1- (2'-tert-butoxycarbonylbiphenyl-4-yl) methyl) -2-imidazolin-5-one (method 1).

A/ 4-amino-l-benzilpiperidin-4-karboksilo rūgštis gaunama iš N-benzilpiperidin-4-ono pagal Vokietijos patente Nr. 2215 721 aprašytą būdą.N-4-amino-1-benzylpiperidine-4-carboxylic acid is obtained from N-benzylpiperidin-4-one according to German patent no. 2215 721.

B/ 4-amino-l-benzil etilpiperidin-4-karboksilatas.B / 4-amino-1-benzyl ethyl piperidine-4-carboxylate.

Į tirpalą, kuriame yra 13 g druskos rūgšties 50 ml etanolo, pridedama 3,8 g junginio, gauto A stadijoje, esant 0°C temperatūrai, po to išlaikoma 5 valandas flegmos susidarymo temperatūroje. Sukoncentravus vakuume, likutis praplaunamas eteriu, po to ištirpinamas mišinyje eteris-vanduo, į kurį pridedamas prisotintas kalio karbonato tirpalas, kol pasiekiamas pH=9. Eterinė fazė dekantuojama, praplaunama prisotintu natrio chlorido tirpalu, džiovinama natrio sulfatu, po to išgarinama iki sausumo. Gaunama 3,50 g laukiamo produkto aliejaus pavidalu.To a solution of 13 g of hydrochloric acid in 50 ml of ethanol is added 3.8 g of the compound obtained in Step A at 0 [deg.] C. and then maintained for 5 hours at the temperature of phlegm formation. After concentration in vacuo, the residue is rinsed with ether and then dissolved in ether-water, to which a saturated solution of potassium carbonate is added until pH = 9. The ethereal phase is decanted off, washed with saturated sodium chloride solution, dried over sodium sulphate and then evaporated to dryness. 3.50 g of the expected product are obtained in the form of an oil.

BMR spektras:NMR Spectrum:

- 7,20-7,40 - 7.20-7.40 m.d.: m: m.d .: m: 5H: aromatiniai protonai 5H: Aromatic Protons - 4,10 m.d. - 4.10 da.s. : k: 2H: : k: 2H: ch2-ch3,ch 2 -ch 3 , - 3,45 m.d. - 3.45 ppm. : s: 2H: : s: 2H: CH2 benzilo,CH 2 benzyl, - 2,25-2,60 6 padėtyse, - 2.25-2.60 6 positions, m.d.: m: m.d .: m: 4H: CH2 piperidino 2 ir4H: CH 2 piperidine 2 and

1, 80-2, 05 m.d. : m: 2H: 2H2 piperidino 3 ir padėtyse.1, 80-2, 05 md: m: 2H: 2H 2 at piperidine 3 and positions.

- 1,20-1,40 m.d.: m: 2H: 2H2 piperidino 3 ir 5 padėtyse.- 1.20-1.40 md: m: 2H: 2H 2 at the 3 and 5 positions of piperidine.

- 1,12 m.d.: t: 3H: CH3-CH2-.- 1.12 ppm: t: 3 H: CH 3 -CH 2 -.

C/ 2-n-butil-4-/spiro-(l-benzil-4-piperidin)/-2imidazolin-5-onas.C 2-n-butyl-4- spiro (1-benzyl-4-piperidinyl) -2-imidazolin-5-one.

Etilvalerimidatas gaunamas taip pat, kaip 2 pavyzdyje A stadijoje. Sumaišoma 2,06 g etilvalerimidato, 3,40 g junginio, gauto B stadijoje, ir 8 lašai acto rūgšties su 15 ml ksileno ir kaitinama 6 valandas, kol susida-ro flegma. Sukoncentravus vakuume, likučio chromatografija atliekama silikagelyje eliuojant mišiniu: chloroformas/ metanolas/acto rūgštis (82/15/5; tūrio dalys). Acto rūgštis pašalinama, ekstrahuojant chloroformu prie pH=9 ir gaunama 2,80 g laukiamo produkto.Ethyl valerimidate is obtained in the same manner as in Example 2, Step A. 2.06 g of ethyl valerimidate, 3.40 g of the compound obtained in Step B and 8 drops of acetic acid are added with 15 ml of xylene and the mixture is heated for 6 hours until phlegm is formed. After concentration in vacuo, the residue is chromatographed on silica gel eluting with a mixture of chloroform / methanol / acetic acid (82/15/5; v / v). The acetic acid is removed by extraction with chloroform at pH = 9 to give 2.80 g of the expected product.

Tlyd.=170-172°C. Melting point = 170-172 ° C.

IR /chloroformas/:IR / chloroform /:

- 1725 cm1: C=0,- 1725 cm -1 : C = 0,

- 1640 cm'1: C=N.- 1640 cm -1 : C = N.

BMR spektras:NMR Spectrum:

- 7,10-7,30 m.d.: m: 5H: aromatiniai protonai- 7.10-7.30 ppm: m: 5H: aromatic protons

- 3,45 m.d.: s: 2H: -CH2-C6H5-,- 3.45 ppm: s: 2H: -CH 2 -C 6 H 5 -,

- 1,10-2,75 m.d.: 5 m: 14H: CH2 piperidino 2, 3,- 1.10-2.75 md: 5m: 14H: CH 2 piperidino 2, 3,

5, 6 padėtyse ir /CH2/3-CH3.5, and 6 positions / CH 2/3 -CH third

- 0,80 m.d.: t: 3H: /CH2/3-CH3,- 0.80 ppm: t: 3H: / CH 2/3 -CH 3,

D/ 2-n-butil-4-/spiro-(l-benzil-4-piperidin)/-1-/(2’tret-butoksikarbonilbifenil-4-il)metil/-2-imidazolin-5onas.D / 2-n-Butyl-4- / spiro- (1-benzyl-4-piperidin) -1- (2'-tert-butoxycarbonylbiphenyl-4-yl) methyl / -2-imidazolin-5-one.

2,78 g junginio, gauto C stadijoje, ištirpinama 25 ml DMFA, pridedama 513 mg natrio metilato ir po 15 min 4,16 g 4-brommetil-/2'-tret-butoksikarbonilbifenilo/. Kaitinama 40°C temperatūroje 5 vai, po to reakcijos mišinys ekstrahuojamas 300 ml etilacetato, 50 ml vandens ir 5 ml prisotinto natrio bikarbonato tirpalo. Organinė fazė dekantuojama, praplaunama vieną kartą prisotintu natrio chlorido tirpalu, džiovinama natrio sulfatu ir išgarinama chromatografija atliekama mišiniu: etilacetatas/metanolas (95/5; Gaunama 0,98 g laukiamo produkto.2.78 g of the compound obtained in Step C are dissolved in 25 ml of DMFA, 513 mg of sodium methylate are added, and 4.16 g of 4-bromomethyl- (2'-tert-butoxycarbonylbiphenyl) are added after 15 min. After heating at 40 ° C for 5 hours, the reaction mixture is extracted with 300 ml of ethyl acetate, 50 ml of water and 5 ml of saturated sodium bicarbonate solution. The organic phase is decanted off, washed once with saturated sodium chloride solution, dried over sodium sulphate and chromatographed on a mixture of ethyl acetate / methanol (95/5; 0.98 g of the expected product).

iki sausumo. Likučio silicio okside eliuojant tūrio dalys).to dryness. Fractions of silicon oxide (by volume).

Tlyd.=103-106 C, Melting point = 103-106 ° C,

IK /CHC13/:IK / CHC1 3 /:

1710-1725 cm1: C=0, C=0 /imidazolinas, esteris/;1710-1725 cm 1 : C = 0, C = 0 / imidazoline, ester /;

- 1630 cm1: C=N.- 1630 cm -1 : C = N.

BMR spektras:NMR Spectrum:

- 7,70-7,10 m.d.: m: 13H: aromatiniai protonai- 7.70-7.10 ppm: m: 13H: aromatic protons

- 4,70 m.d.: s: 2H: CH2-C6H„-,- 4.70 ppm: s: 2H: CH 2 -C 6 H -,

- 3,55 m.d.: s: 2H: CH2-C6H5,- 3.55 ppm: s: 2H: CH 2 -C 6 H 5,

- 1,20-2,75 m.d.: 5m: 14H: CH2 piperidino 2, 3, 5, 6 padėtyse ir /CH2/3-CH3,- from 1.20 to 2.75 ppm: 5 m: 14H: CH 2 piperidine 2, 3, 5, and 6 positions / CH 2/3 -CH 3,

- 1,15 m.d.: s: 9H: tBut- 1.15 ppm: s: 9H: tBut

- 0,85 m.d.: t: 3H: /CH2/3-CH3.- 0.85 ppm: t: 3H: / CH 2/3 -CH third

E/ 2-n-butil-l-/(2’-karboksibifenil-4-il)metil/-4/spiro-(l-benzil-4-piperidin)/-2-imidazolin-5-ono trifluoracetatas.E / 2-n-butyl-1- (2'-carboxybiphenyl-4-yl) methyl / -4-spiro- (1-benzyl-4-piperidin) -2-imidazolin-5-one trifluoroacetate.

350 mg junginio, gauto D stadijoje, ištirpinama 4 ml dichlormetano ir 5 ml TFR. Po 45 min reakcijos terpė koncentruojama vakuume, po to likutis ekstrahuojamas eterio-heksano mišiniu, susidariusios nuosėdos filtruojamos, praplaunamos eteriu ir džiovinamos vakuume. Gaunama 350 mg laukiamo produkto.350 mg of the compound obtained in Step D are dissolved in 4 ml of dichloromethane and 5 ml of TFR. After 45 min, the reaction medium is concentrated in vacuo, then the residue is extracted with ether-hexane, the resulting precipitate is filtered off, washed with ether and dried in vacuo. 350 mg of the expected product are obtained.

Tlyd =198-200°C. Mp = 198-200 ° C.

BMR spektras:NMR Spectrum:

- 7,05-7,75 m.d.: m: 13H: aromatiniai protonai- 7.05-7.75 ppm: m: 13H: aromatic protons

4,75 m.d.: s: 2H: CH2-C,H4-,4.75 ppm: s: 2H: CH 2 -C H 4 -,

- 4,40 m.d.: s: 2H: CH2-CęH5,- 4.40 ppm: s: 2H: CH 2 -C 5 H ę,

- 3,20-3, 60 m.d. : m: 4H: CH2 piperidino 2 ir 6 padėtyse.- from 3.20 to 3, 60 ppm: m: 4H: CH 2 piperidino 2 and 6 positions.

- 2,35 m.d.: t: 2H: CH2-CH2-CH2-CH3,- 2.35 ppm: t: 2H: CH 2 -CH 2 -CH 2 -CH 3,

- 2,20-1,40 m.d.: 3 signalai: CH2 piperidino 3 ir padėtyse ir CH2-CH2-CH2-CH3,- 2,20-1,40 md: 3 signals: CH 2 at piperidine 3 and positions and CH 2 -CH 2 -CH 2 -CH 3 ,

- 1,25 m.d.: sek: 2H: CH2-CH2-CH2-CH3,- 1.25 md: sec: 2H: CH 2 -CH 2 -CH 2 -CH 3 ,

- 0,80 m.d.: t: 3H: /CH2/3-CH3.- 0.80 ppm: t: 3H: / CH 2/3 -CH third

PavyzdysAn example

2-n-butil-l-/(2-karboksibifenil-4-il)-metil-4-/4spiropiperidino/-2-imidazolin-5-ono ditrifluoracetatas ir n-2-butil-4-/4-spiropiperidin/-l-(2'-tretbutoksikarbonil-bifenil-4-il)metil/-2-imidazolin-5-onas.2-n-Butyl-1- (2-carboxybiphenyl-4-yl) methyl-4- (4-spiropiperidino) -2-imidazolin-5-one ditrifluoroacetate and n-2-butyl-4- (4-spiropiperidine) - 1- (2'-tert-butoxycarbonyl-biphenyl-4-yl) methyl] -2-imidazolin-5-one.

A/ 2-n-butil-4-/4-spiropiperidin/-l-/21-tretbutoksikarbonilbifenil-4-il)metil/-2-imidazolin-5-onas.A / 2-n-Butyl-4- / 4-spiropiperidin / l- / 2 -tretbutoksikarbonilbifenil one-4-yl) methyl / -2-imidazolin-5-one.

300 mg junginio, gauto 7 pavyzdyje D stadijoje, ištirpinama 10 ml metanolio. Pridedama 180 mg paladžio 10% anglyje ir hidrinama 3 vai atmosferos slėgyje. Nufiltruojamas katalizatorius ir filtratas koncentruojamas vakuume. Gaunama 200 mg laukiamo produkto.300 mg of the compound obtained in Example 7, Step D, are dissolved in 10 ml of methanol. 180 mg of palladium on 10% carbon are added and hydrogenated at atmospheric pressure for 3 hours. The catalyst was filtered off and the filtrate was concentrated in vacuo. 200 mg of the expected product are obtained.

BMR spektras:NMR Spectrum:

- 7,20-7,75 m.d.: m: 8H: aromatiniai protonai- 7.20-7.75 ppm: m: 8H: aromatic protons

4,75 m.d.: s: 2H: CH2-C6H4-,4.75 ppm: s: 2H: CH 2 -C 6 H 4 -,

3,00-1,70 m.d.: 3 signalai 4CH2-grupėms3.00-1.70 md: 3 signals for 4CH 2 -groups

piperidino, piperidino, - 2,40 - 2.40 m.d.: m.d .: m: 2H: CH2-CH2-CH2-CH3,m: 2H: CH 2 -CH 2 -CH 2 -CH 3 , - 1, 60 - 1.60 m.d.: m.d .: kV: 2H: CH2-CH2-CH2-CH3,kV: 2H: CH 2 -CH 2 -CH 2 -CH 3 , - 1,35 - 1.35 m.d. : m.d. : sek: 2H: CH2-CH2-CH2-CH3,sec: 2H: CH 2 -CH 2 -CH 2 -CH 3 , - 1,20 - 1.20 m.d. : m.d. : s: 9H: tBu, s: 9H: tBu, - 0,90 - 0.90 m.d. : m.d. : t: 3H: /CH2/3-CH3.t: 3H: / CH 2/3 -CH third

B/ 2-n-butil-l-/(2’-karboksibifenil-4-il)metii/-4-/4spiropiperidin/-2-imidazolin-5-ono ditrifluoracetatas.B / 2-n-Butyl-1- (2'-carboxybiphenyl-4-yl) methyl / -4- (4-spiropiperidin) -2-imidazolin-5-one ditrifluoroacetate.

160 mg produkto, gauto A stadijoje, maišoma 3 ml dichlormetano ir 4 ml trifluoracto rūgšties 45 minutes. Koncentruojama vakuume, likutis ekstrahuojamas eteriu. Gaunama i kaučiuką panaši medžiaga, o išdžiovinus vakuume - į putas panaši medžiaga.160 mg of the product of Step A are stirred in 3 ml of dichloromethane and 4 ml of trifluoroacetic acid for 45 minutes. Concentrate in vacuo and extract the residue with ether. Rubber-like material is obtained, and after vacuum drying, a foam-like material is obtained.

m=150 mgm = 150 mg

Tiyd.=80-85°C.Mp = 80-85 ° C.

BMR spektras:NMR Spectrum:

- 7,15-7,80 m.d.: m: 8H: aromatiniai protonai- 7.15-7.80 ppm: m: 8H: aromatic protons

- 4,75 m.d.: s: 2H: CH2-C„H4-,- 4.75 ppm: s: 2H: CH 2 -C H 4 -,

3,20-1,60 m.d.: 3 signalai 4CH2 grupės,3.20-1.60 md: 3 signals for 4CH 2 groups,

- 2,40 m.d.: t: 2H: CH2-CH2-CH7-CH3, piperidino- 2.40 md: t: 2H: CH 2 -CH 2 -CH 7 -CH 3 , piperidino

- 1,50 - 1.50 m.d. : m.d. : kV: 2H: CH2-CH2-CH2-CH3,kV: 2H: CH 2 -CH 2 -CH 2 -CH 3 , - 1,30 - 1.30 m.d. : m.d. : sek; 2H: CH2-CH2-CH2-CH3,sec; 2H: CH 2 -CH 2 -CH 2 -CH 3 , - 0,80 - 0.80 m.d. : m.d. : t: 3H: /CH2/3-CH3.t: 3H: / CH 2/3 -CH third

PavyzdysAn example

2-n-butil-l-/(2'-karboksibifenil-4-il)metil/-4,4-difenil-2-imidazolin-5-ono trifluoracetatas ir 2-butil-4,4difenil-l-/2’-tret-butoksikarbonil bifenil-4-il)metil)2-imidazolin-5-onas /1 būdas/.2-n-Butyl-1 - [(2'-carboxybiphenyl-4-yl) methyl] -4,4-diphenyl-2-imidazolin-5-one trifluoroacetate and 2-butyl-4,4-diphenyl-1 '- 2' tert -butoxycarbonyl biphenyl-4-yl) methyl) 2-imidazolin-5-one (method 1).

A/ Valerimidino chlorhidratas.A / Valerimidine Chlorhydrate.

g etilo valerimidato chlorhidrato pridedama i tirpalą, kuriame yra 6,75 g amoniako 80 ml metanolio, esant 0°C temperatūrai. Po 18 vai reakcijos terpė koncentruojama vakuume, ir gaunamas baltos spalvos kietas produktas.of ethyl valerimidate chlorohydrate is added to a solution of 6.75 g of ammonia in 80 ml of methanol at 0 ° C. After 18 hours, the reaction medium is concentrated in vacuo to give a white solid.

B/ 2-n-butil-4,4-difenil-2-imidazolin-5-onas.B / 2-n-butyl-4,4-diphenyl-2-imidazolin-5-one.

Šis junginys gaunamas iš dibenzoilo ir valerimidino chlorhidrato J. Nyitrai, K.Lempert, Tetrahedron, 1969, 25, 4265-75 nurodytu būdu.This compound is prepared from dibenzoyl and valerimidine chlorohydrate in the manner described by J. Nyitrai, K. Lempert, Tetrahedron, 1969, 25, 4265-75.

Tlyd.=135°C. Melting point = 135 ° C.

IR /CHC13/:AND / CHC1 3 /:

- 1725 cm1: C=0,- 1725 cm -1 : C = 0,

- 1640 cm'1: C=N.- 1640 cm -1 : C = N.

BMR spektras:NMR Spectrum:

- 7,20-7,50 m.d.: m: 10H: aromatiniai protonai- 7.20-7.50 ppm: m: 10H: aromatic protons

- 2,50 m.d.: t: 2H: CH2-CH2-CH2-CH3,- 2.50 ppm: t: 2H: CH 2 -CH 2 -CH 2 -CH 3,

- 1,65 m.d.: kV: 2H: CH2-CH2-CH2-CH3,- 1.65 ppm: kV: 2H: CH 2 -CH 2 -CH 2 -CH 3,

- 1,35 m.d.: sek: 2H: CH2-CH2-CH2-CH3,- 1.35 md: sec: 2H: CH 2 -CH 2 -CH 2 -CH 3 ,

- 0,90 m.d.: t: 3H: CH2-CH2-CH2-CH3,- 0.90 ppm: t: 3H: CH 2 -CH 2 -CH 2 -CH 3,

- 11 m.d.: p.s: NH.- 11 ppm: p.s: NH.

C/ 2-n-butil-4,4-difenil-1-/(2'-tret-butoksikarbonilbifenil-4-il)metil/-2-imidazolin-5-onas.C 2 -N-butyl-4,4-diphenyl-1- (2'-tert-butoxycarbonylbiphenyl-4-yl) methyl-2-imidazolin-5-one.

Šis junginys gaunamas įprastiniu būdu, junginį, gautą B stadijoje, veikiant 4-brommetil-/2’-tret-butoksikarbonil-bifenilu, dalyvaujant natrio metilatui DMFA.This compound is prepared in a conventional manner by reacting the compound obtained in Step B with 4-bromomethyl- / 2'-tert-butoxycarbonyl-biphenyl in the presence of sodium methylate in DMFA.

IR /CHC13/:AND / CHC1 3 /:

- 1715-1725 cm1: C=0, C=0 /esteris, imidazolinonas/,- 1715-1725 cm- 1 : C = 0, C = 0 / ester, imidazolinone /,

- 1635 cm 1: C=N.- 1635 cm @ -1 : C = N.

BMR spektras:NMR Spectrum:

- 7,25-7,80 m.d.: m: 18H: aromatiniai H,- 7.25 to 7.80 ppm: m: 18H: aromatic H,

- 4,85 - 4.85 m.d. : m.d. : s: s: 2H: 2H: n-ch2-c6h4-,n-ch 2 -c 6 h 4 -, - 2, 60 - 2.60 m. d. : m. d. : t: t: 2H: 2H: ch2-ch2-ch2-ch3,ch 2 -ch 2 -ch 2 -ch 3 , - 1,75 - 1.75 m. d. : m. d. : kV: kV: : 2H- : 2H- -: CH2-CH2-CH2-CH3,-: CH 2 -CH 2 -CH 2 -CH 3 ,

1,40 m.d.: sek: 2H: CH2-CH2-CH2-CH3,1.40 md: sec: 2H: CH 2 -CH 2 -CH 2 -CH 3 ,

- 1,15 m.d.: s: 9H: tBu,- 1.15 ppm: s: 9H: tBu,

- 0,90 m.d.: t: 3H: CH3 n-butilo.- 0.90 ppm: t: 3 H: CH 3 n-butyl.

D/ 2-n-butil-l-/2’karboksibifenil-4-il)metil/-4,4-difenil-2-imidazolin-5-ono trifluoracetatas.D / 2-n-butyl-1- (2'carboxybiphenyl-4-yl) methyl / -4,4-diphenyl-2-imidazolin-5-one trifluoroacetate.

500 mg produkto, gauto C stadijoje, veikiama 2,5 ml dichlormetano ir 2,5 ml trifluoracto rūgšties 40 minučių 20°C temperatūroje. Sukoncentravus vakuume, likutis ekstrahuojamas mišiniu eteris-heksanas, susidariusios nuosėdos filtruojamos, praplaunamos heksanu ir džiovinama. Gaunama 440 mg laukiamo produkto.500 mg of the product obtained in step C are treated with 2.5 ml of dichloromethane and 2.5 ml of trifluoroacetic acid for 40 minutes at 20 ° C. After concentration in vacuo, the residue is extracted with ether-hexane, the resulting precipitate is filtered off, washed with hexane and dried. 440 mg of the expected product is obtained.

Tlyd.=55-60°C. Melting point = 55-60 ° C.

BMR spektras:NMR Spectrum:

- 7,15-7,80 m.d.: m: 18H: aromatiniai protonai- 7.15-7.80 ppm: m: 18H: aromatic protons

- 4,85 m.d.: s: N-CH2-C6H4-,- 4.85 md: N-CH 2 -C 6 H 4 -,

- 2,60 m.d.: t: 2H: CH2-CH2-CH2-CH3,- 2.60 ppm: t: 2H: CH 2 -CH 2 -CH 2 -CH 3,

- 1,70 m.d.: kV: 2H: CH2-CH2-CH2-CH3,- 1.70 ppm: kV: 2H: CH 2 -CH 2 -CH 2 -CH 3,

- 1,40 m.d.: sek: 2H: CH2-CH2-CH2-CH3,- 1.40 md: sec: 2H: CH 2 -CH 2 -CH 2 -CH 3 ,

- 0,90 m.d.: t: 3H: CH3 butilo.- 0.90 md: t: 3H: CH 3 butyl.

PavyzdysAn example

2-n-butil-3-/(2'-karboksibifenil-4-il)metil-6spirociklopentan-5,6-dihidro-lH-4-pirimidinono trifluoracetatas.2-n-Butyl-3 - [(2'-carboxybiphenyl-4-yl) methyl-6-spirocyclopentane-5,6-dihydro-1H-4-pyrimidinone trifluoroacetate.

A/ /l-aminociklopentil/-acto rūgštis.N-l-aminocyclopentyl / -acetic acid.

Ciklopentilidenacto rūgštis gaunama G. A. R. Kon, R. P. Linstead, J. Chem. Soc. 1925, 127, 616 nurodytu būdu. 740 mg šios rūgšties ir 5 ml 20% amoniako autoklave 150°C temperatūroje kaitinama 24 vai. Išgarinus tirpiklius, atliekama likučio chromatografija kolonėlėje su silicio oksidu eliuojant mišiniu: DChMmetanolis-20% amoniako tirpalas (70/30/1; tūrio dalys). Gaunama 330 mg laukiamos rūgšties.Cyclopentylideneacetic acid is obtained from G. A. R. Kon, R. P. Linstead, J. Chem. Soc. 1925, 127, 616 in the manner indicated. Heat 740 mg of this acid and 5 ml of 20% ammonia in an autoclave at 150 ° C for 24 hours. After evaporation of the solvents, the residue is chromatographed on a column of silica eluting with DCM / methanol-20% ammonia solution (70/30/1; v / v). 330 mg of the expected acid are obtained.

B/ /l-aminociklopentil/-etilacetatas.B / l-aminocyclopentyl / ethyl acetate.

330 mg rūgšties ištirpinama 10 ml metanolio. Atšaldoma ledinėje vonioje ir pridedama dujinė druskos rūgštis. Išlaikius 24 vai temperatūroje, kurioje susidaro flegma, reakcijos terpė išgarinama, likutis ekstrahuojamas natrio ekstrahuojama etilacetatu, sulfatu, filtruojama ir karbonato tirpalu ir po to džiovinama natrio garinama. Gaunama 312 mg laukiamo esterio.Dissolve 330 mg of acid in 10 ml of methanol. Cool in an ice bath and add gaseous hydrochloric acid. After 24 hours at the temperature where the phlegm is formed, the reaction medium is evaporated, the residue is extracted with sodium acetate, ethyl acetate, sulfate, filtered and carbonate solution and then dried over sodium vapor. 312 mg of the expected ester is obtained.

C/ 2-n-butil-6-spirociklopentan-5,6-dihidro-lH pirimidin-4-onasC 2 -N-Butyl-6-spirocyclopentane-5,6-dihydro-1H-pyrimidin-4-one

Pasiekiama flegmos būsena mišinio, susidedančio iš 310 mg B stadijoje gauto produkto, 348 mg etilvalerimidato, 10 ml ksileno ir 6 lašų acto rūgšties. Tada po 2 vai ir po 18 valandų vėl pridedama 348 mg etilvalerimidato, ir visas mišinys išlaikmas 24 vai flegmos susidarymo temperatūroje, tada reakcijos terpė išgarinama, po to atliekama chromatografija silicio okside eliuojant mišiniu: DChM-metanolis (97/3; tūrio dalys). Gaunama 153 mg laukiamo produkto.A mixture of 310 mg of product obtained in Step B, 348 mg of ethyl valerimidate, 10 ml of xylene and 6 drops of acetic acid is achieved in a phlegm state. Then, after 2 h and 18 h, 348 mg of ethyl valerimidate were added again and the whole was maintained at reflux for 24 h, then the reaction medium was evaporated, followed by chromatography on silica eluting with DCM / methanol (97/3; v / v). 153 mg of the expected product are obtained.

D/ 2-n-butil-3/(2’-tret-butoksikarbonilbifenil-4-il) metil/-5,6-dihidro-lH pirimidon-4-onasD / 2-n-Butyl-3 / (2'-tert-butoxycarbonylbiphenyl-4-yl) methyl / -5,6-dihydro-1H-pyrimidin-4-one

Azoto atmosferoje paruošiamas mišinys, kuriame yra 10 ml DMFA ir 40 mg natrio hidrido 80% koncentracijos skystame aliejuje. Kambario temperatūroje po lašą pridedama 144 mg junginio, gauto C stadijoje ir ištirpinto DMFA. Maišoma 30 min, po to pridedama 288 mg 4-brommetil-2'-tret-butoksikarbonilbifenilo, ištirpinto 5 ml DMFA. Paliekama 2 vai maišant, po to garinama, likutis ekstrahuojamas vandeniu, o iš jo ekstrahuojamas etilacetatu. Džiovinama natrio sulfatu, filtruojama ir garinama, po to valoma chromatografijos būdu kolonėlėje, eliuojant mišiniu heksanas-etilacetatas (85/5: V/K). Gaunama 174 mg laukiamo produkto.A mixture of 10 ml of DMFA and 40 mg of sodium hydride in 80% liquid oil is prepared under a nitrogen atmosphere. At room temperature, 144 mg of the compound obtained in Step C and dissolved DMFA are added dropwise. After stirring for 30 min, 288 mg of 4-bromomethyl-2'-tert-butoxycarbonylbiphenyl dissolved in 5 ml of DMFA are added. The mixture is left under stirring for 2 hours, then evaporated and the residue is extracted with water and extracted with ethyl acetate. Dry over sodium sulfate, filter and evaporate, then purify by column chromatography eluting with hexane-ethyl acetate (85/5: V / K). 174 mg of the expected product is obtained.

E/ Vandens-ledo vonioje atšaldoma 10 ml trifluoracto rūgšties ir pridedama 161 mg junginio, gauto D stadijoje. Paliekama 30 min maišant, po to išgarinama. Ši operacija pakartojama, po to likutis džiovinamas vakuume. Gaunama 140 mg laukiamo junginio amorfinių miltelių pavidale.E / Water-ice bath was cooled with 10 mL of trifluoroacetic acid and 161 mg of compound obtained in Step D was added. Leave for 30 min with stirring, then evaporate. This operation is repeated, then the residue is dried under vacuum. 140 mg of the expected compound are obtained in the form of an amorphous powder.

Tlyd =108-115°C. Mp = 108-115 ° C.

BMR spektras:NMR Spectrum:

- 0,9 m.d.: t: 3H: /CH2/3-CH3,- 0.9 ppm: t: 3H: / CH 2/3 -CH 3,

- 1,1-2,1 m.d.: m: 12H: ciklopentanas ir CH2-CH2CH2-CH3,- 1.1 to 2.1 md: m: 12H: cyclopentane and CH 2 -CH 2 CH 2 -CH 3 ,

2,7 2.7 m.d. : m.d. : t; t; 2H: 2H: ch2-ch2-ch2-chch 2 -ch 2 -ch 2 -ch 3,1 3.1 m.d. : m.d. : s : s: 2H: 2H: -CH-CO, -CH-CO, 5,1 5.1 m.d. : m.d. : s: s: 2H: 2H: -CH2-Cf,H5,-CH 2 -C f , H 5 ,

- 7,2-7,8 m.d.: m: 8H: aromatiniai protonai- 7.2 to 7.8 ppm: m: 8H: aromatic protons

PavyzdysAn example

2-n-butil-4-spirociklopentan-l-/(2’-tert-butoksikarbonil-bifenil-4-il)metil/-2-imidazolin-5-tionas ir 2-n-butil-l-/(2’-karboksi bifenil-4-il)metil/-4spirociklopentan-2-imidazolin-5-tiono trifluoracetatas2-n-butyl-4-spirocyclopentan-1 - [(2'-tert-butoxycarbonyl-biphenyl-4-yl) methyl] -2-imidazolin-5-thione and 2-n-butyl-1 - [(2 ') -carboxy biphenyl-4-yl) methyl-4-spirocyclopentane-2-imidazolin-5-thione trifluoroacetate

A/ 2-n-butil-4-spirociklopentan-l-/(2'-tret-butoksikarbonilbifenil-4-il)metil/-2-imidazolin-5-tionas.N-2-n-butyl-4-spirocyclopentan-1 - [(2'-tert-butoxycarbonylbiphenyl-4-yl) methyl] -2-imidazolin-5-thione.

5,63 g junginio, gauto 1 pavyzdžio D stadijoje, ištirpinama 40 ml bevandenio tolueno ir azoto atmosferoje 80°C temperatūroje veikiama 3 g Lawesson reagentu. Po 6 vai reakcijos terpė filtruojama ir koncentruojama. Atliekama chromatografija silicio okside eliuojant mišiniu: DChM:etilacetatas (95/5; tūrio dalys). Gaunamas aliejaus pavidalu laukiamas produktas, kuris šaltyje kristalinasi.5.63 g of the compound obtained in Example 1, Step D is dissolved in 40 ml of anhydrous toluene and 3 g of Lawesson's reagent at 80 ° C. After 6 hours, the reaction medium is filtered and concentrated. Chromatography on silica eluting with a mixture of: DChM: ethyl acetate (95/5; v / v). The product is obtained in the form of an oil, which crystallizes in the cold.

m=4,5 gm = 4.5 g

Tiyd.=77-79°C. M.p. = 77-79 ° C.

BMR spektras: NMR Spectrum: - 0, 90 - 0, 90 m.d. m.d. : t: : t: 3H: 3H: CH3 (nBu) ,CH 3 (nBu), - 1,20 - 1.20 m. d. m. d. : s: : s: 9H: 9H: tBu, tBu, - 1,35 - 1.35 m. d. m. d. : sek : sec : 2H : 2H : CH3-CH2-,: CH 3 -CH 2 -, - 1, 60 - 1.60 m. d. m. d. : kV: : kV: 2H: 2H: ch3-ch2-ch2-,ch 3 -ch 2 -ch 2 -, - 1,80- - 1.80- 2, 10 2, 10 m.d. m.d. : m: : m: 8H: ciklopentanas 8H: Cyclopentane - 2, 60 - 2.60 m. d. m. d. : t: : t: 2H: 2H: ch2-ch2-ch2-ch2,ch 2 -ch 2 -ch 2 -ch 2 ,

- 5,35 m.d.: s: 2H: CH2-C6H4-,- 5.35 ppm: s: 2H: CH 2 -C 6 H 4 -,

- 7,25-7,80 m.d.: 8H: aromatiniai protonai- 7.25-7.80 ppm: 8H: aromatic protons

B/ 2-n-butil-l-/(2’-karboksibifenil-4-il)metil/-4spirociklopentan-2-imidazolin-5-tiono trifluoracetatas.B / 2-n-Butyl-1 - ((2'-carboxybiphenyl-4-yl) methyl) -4-spirocyclopentane-2-imidazoline-5-thione trifluoroacetate.

225 mg junginio, gauto A stadijoje, veikiama 5 ml DChM ir 5 ml TFR 30 minučių. Sukoncentravus likutis ekstrahuojamas eteriu.225 mg of the compound obtained in Step A are treated with 5 ml of DChM and 5 ml of TFR for 30 minutes. After concentration, the residue is extracted with ether.

Gaunamas geltonos spalvos miltelių pavidalo produktas, kuris perplaunamas heksanu.The product is obtained as a yellow powder which is washed with hexane.

m=160 mgm = 160 mg

Tlyd.=185-190°C.T mp. = 185-190 ° C.

Masė-spektras: MH+: 421Mass spectrum: MH + : 421

BMR spektras:NMR Spectrum:

0,78 0.78 m.d. m.d. : t: : t: 3H: CH3/nBu/,3H: CH 3 / nBu /, 1,20 1.20 m.d. m.d. : sek : sec :: 2H: CH3-CH2-,:: 2H: CH 3 -CH 2 -, 1,50 1.50 m.d. m.d. : kV: : kV: 2H: CH2-CH2-CH2-,2H: CH 2 -CH 2 -CH 2 -, 1,75- 1.75- -2, 00 -2, 00 m.d. m.d. : m: 8H: ciklopentanas : m: 8H: cyclopentane 2,40 2.40 m.d. m.d. : t: : t: 2H: CH2-CH2-CH2-CH2-,2H: CH 2 -CH 2 -CH 2 -CH 2 -, 5,20 5.20 m.d. m.d. : s: : s: 2H: CH3-CgH„-,2H: CH 3 -CgH -,

- 7,00-7,65 m.d.: m: 8H: aromatiniai protonai- 7.00-7.65 ppm: m: 8H: aromatic protons

PavyzdysAn example

2-n-butil-l-/(2'-spiroindan/-l-/2'-tret-butoksikarbonil bifenil-4-il)metil/-2-imidazolin-5-onas ir2-n-Butyl-1 - [(2'-spiroindan / -1- (2'-tert-butoxycarbonyl-biphenyl-4-yl) methyl] -2-imidazolin-5-one and

2-n-butil-l-/(2’-karboksibifenil-4-il)metil/-4-/2spiroindan/-2-imidazolin-5-onas (1 būdas).2-n-Butyl-1 - [(2'-carboxybiphenyl-4-yl) methyl] -4- (2-spiroindan) -2-imidazolin-5-one (method 1).

A/ 2-aminoindano Z-karboksilo rūgštis gaunama R.M.Pinder, J.Med. Chem., 1971, 14, 9, 892 nurodytu būdu, o atitinkamas esteris gaunamas Adkins nurodytu būdu (nuoroda 2A pavyzdyje).The 2-aminoindan Z-carboxylic acid is obtained from R.M.Pinder, J.Med. Chem., 14, 9, 892, 1971, and the corresponding ester is obtained according to Adkins (Reference Example 2A).

B/ 2-n-butil-4-/2-spiroindan/-2-imidazolin-5-onas.B / 2-n-butyl-4- / 2-spiroindan / -2-imidazolin-5-one.

2,78 g etilo esterio, gauto A stadijoje, ir 2,5 g etilvalerimidato ištirpinama 20 ml ksileno, naudojant 60 μΐ acto rūgšties, išlaikoma 3 valandas flegmos susidarymo temperatūroje. Vėl pridedama 500 mg etilvalerimidato ir išlaikoma flegmos susidarymo temperatūroje papildomai 3 vai. Reakcijos terpė koncentruojama, po to valoma chromatografijos būdu silicio okside eliuojant mišiniu: heksanas: etilacetatas-acto rūgštis (3/8/03; tūrio dalys). Išvalytos frakcijos sujungiamos ir išgarinamos su toluenu. Gaunama 3,07 g laukiamo produkto, baltos spalvos kietos medžiagos pavidalu.Dissolve 2.78 g of ethyl ester obtained in Step A and 2.5 g of ethyl valerimidate in 20 ml of xylene, using 60 μΐ acetic acid, and keep at reflux for 3 hours. Again, 500 mg of ethyl valerimidate are added and the mixture is maintained at the phlegm for an additional 3 hours. The reaction medium is concentrated and then purified by chromatography on silica eluting with hexane: ethyl acetate-acetic acid (3/8/03; v / v). The purified fractions were combined and evaporated with toluene. 3.07 g of the expected product are obtained in the form of a white solid.

Tlyd. = 148-150°C.T melt = 148-150 ° C.

BMR spektras:NMR Spectrum:

- 0,90 m.d.: t: 3H: CH3.nBu/,- 0.90 ppm: t: 3 H: CH 3 .nBu /,

- 1,2-1,7 m.d.: m: 4H: CH2-CH7-CH3,- 1.2 to 1.7 ppm: m: 4H: CH 2 -CH 7 CH 3,

2,4 m.d.: t: 2H: CH?-/CH2/2-CH3 2.4 md: t: 2H: CH ? - / CH 2/2 -CH 3

- 2,8-3,2 m.d.: k: 4H: 2CH2 /indanas/,- 2.8 to 3.2 ppm k: 4H: 2CH 2 / indan /,

- 4,90 m.d.: s: 2H: CH2-C6H4-,- 4.90 ppm: s: 2H: CH 2 -C 6 H 4 -,

- 7,2 m.d.: m: 4H: aromatiniai protonai- 7.2 ppm: m: 4H: aromatic protons

C/ 2-n-butil-4-/2-spiroindan/-l-/(2'-tret-butoksikarbonil-bifenil metil/-2-imidazolin-5-onas.C-2-n-butyl-4- / 2-spiroindan-1 - [(2'-tert-butoxycarbonyl-biphenylmethyl) -2-imidazolin-5-one.

Ankstesnėje stadijoje 20 ml bevandenio DMFA 450 mg natrio metilatu.In the previous step, 20 ml of anhydrous DMFA in 450 mg of sodium methylate.

gautas produktas ištirpinamas ir azoto atmosferoje veikiamas Po 20 min kT pridedama 3,6 g 4brommetil-2'tret-butoksikarbonilbifenilo ir paliekama maišant 6 valandas 40°C temperatūroje. Reakcijos terpė koncentruojama, po to, paprastai, praplaunama ir valoma chromatografijos būdu silicio okside, eliuojant mišiniu: dichlormetanas - etilacetatas (95.5; tūrio dalys) ir gaunamas laukiamas junginys, putos pavidalu.The resulting product was dissolved and exposed to a nitrogen atmosphere. After 20 min kT, 3.6 g of 4-bromomethyl-2'-tert-butoxycarbonylbiphenyl was added and left under stirring at 40 ° C for 6 hours. The reaction medium is concentrated, then usually washed and purified by chromatography on silica eluting with dichloromethane-ethyl acetate (95.5; v / v) to give the expected compound as a foam.

/m=l,84 g/./ m = 1.84 g / m.

BMR spektras:NMR Spectrum:

- 0,80 - 0.80 m.d. m.d. : t: : t: 3H: CH3: nBu,3H: CH 3 : nBu, - 1,20 - 1.20 m.d: m.d: s : s: 9H: tBu, 9H: tBu, - 1,20 - 1.20 -1,60 -1.60 m.d m.d . : m: 4H: CH2-CH2-CH3,. : m: 4H: CH 2 -CH 2 -CH 3 , - 2,40 - 2.40 m.d. m.d. : t: : t: 2H: CH2-/CH2/2-CH3,2H: CH 2 - / CH 2/2 -CH 3, - 2, 9- - 2, 9- 3, 3 m 3, 3 yrs .d. : .d. : k: 4H: 2-CH2 /indanas/,k: 4H: 2-CH2 ( indane), - 4,80 - 4.80 m.d. m.d. : s: : s: 2H: N-CH-,-CgH4,2H: N-CH -, - CgH 4 ,

7,20 - 7,80 m.d.: m: 12H: aromatiniai protonai7.20 - 7.80 ppm: m: 12H: aromatic protons

D/ 2-n-butil-l-/(2'-karboksibifenil-4-il)metil/-4-/2spiroindan/-2-imidazolin-5-onas.D / 2-n-Butyl-1- (2'-carboxybiphenyl-4-yl) methyl-4- (2-spiroindan) -2-imidazolin-5-one.

1,71 g junginio, gauto ankstesnėje stadijoje, ištirpinama 15 ml DChM ir veikiama 20 ml TFR. Po 30 min reakcijos terpė koncentruojama, tada ekstrahuojama eteriu. Po to, kai susidaro milteliai, gauta kieta medžiaga nusunkiama, perplaunama eteriu ir džiovinama. Gaunama 1,42 g laukiamo produkto.1.71 g of the compound obtained in the previous step is dissolved in 15 ml of DChM and treated with 20 ml of TFR. After 30 min, the reaction medium is concentrated, then extracted with ether. After the formation of a powder, the resulting solid is decanted off, washed with ether and dried. 1.42 g of the expected product are obtained.

Tlyd.=217-218°C. Melting point = 217-218 ° C.

BMR spektras:NMR Spectrum:

- 0,70 m.d.: t: 3H: CH3/nBu/,- 0.70 ppm: t: 3 H: CH 3 / nBu /,

- 1,10-1,50 m.d.: m: 4H: CH2-CH2-CH3,- from 1.10 to 1.50 ppm: m: 4H: CH 2 -CH 2 -CH 3,

- 2,30 m.d.: t: 2H: CH2-/CH2/2-CH3,- 2.30 ppm: t: 2H: CH 2 - / CH 2/2 -CH 3,

- 2,8-3,3 m.d.: k: 4H: 2CH2 /indanas/,- 2.8 to 3.3 ppm k: 4H: 2CH 2 / indan /,

- 4,70 m.d.: s: 2H: N-CH2-CfiH4-,- 4.70 ppm: s: 2 H: N-CH 2 -C fi H 4 -,

- 7,1-7,7 m.d.: m: 12H: aromatiniai protonai- 7.1 to 7.7 ppm: m: 12H: aromatic protons

Kiti junginiai, nurodyti išradime, buvo gauti vienu iš anksčiau nurodytų būdų. Pavyzdžiai surinkti 1 lentelėje. Kiekvieno junginio struktūra patvirtinta BMR spektro analize.Other compounds of the invention were obtained by one of the methods described above. Examples are collected in Table 1. The structure of each compound was confirmed by NMR spectral analysis.

PavyzdysAn example

2-n-butil-l-/[ 2'-(1-imidazol-1-ii karbonil) bifenil-4il) metil/-4-spirociklopentan-2-imidazolin-5-onas f/··2-n-Butyl-1 - [[2 '- (1-imidazol-1-ylcarbonyl) biphenyl-4-yl] methyl] -4-spirocyclopentan-2-imidazolin-5-one f / ··

If oIf o

R2—H, R3—nC4H9,R 2 -H, R 3 -nC 4 H 9 ,

CR4R5=ciklopentanas, X=0CR 4 R 5 = cyclopentane, X = 0

Mišinys, kuriame yra 404 mg junginio, gauto 1 pavyzdžio E stadijoje, 15 ml TMF ir 260 mg karbonilimidazolo, maišomas kT 72 vai. Reakcijos terpė išgarinama, ekstrahuojama etilacetatu, praplaunama vandeniu, po to natrio chlorido tirpalu ir gaunama 420 mg produkto, kuris valomas chromatografijos būdu silicio okside, eliuojant mišiniu: DChM-etilacetatas (70/30; tūrio dalys), norint gauti laukiamą junginį.A mixture of 404 mg of the compound obtained in Example 1, Step E, 15 ml of TMF and 260 mg of carbonylimidazole was stirred at RT for 72 h. The reaction medium is evaporated, extracted with ethyl acetate, washed with water followed by brine, and 420 mg of product is purified by chromatography on silica eluting with DCM / ethyl acetate (70/30; v / v) to give the title compound.

m=230 mg,m = 230 mg,

Tlyd =120°C. Melting point = 120 ° C.

PavyzdysAn example

2-n-butil-l-[ /2'-(3-ciano-2metilizotioureidometil bifenil-4-il) metil] -4-spirociklopentan-2-imidazolin-5onas2-n-Butyl-1- [2 '- (3-cyano-2-methylisothioureidomethyl-biphenyl-4-yl) methyl] -4-spirocyclopentan-2-imidazolin-5-one

S CH3 I /1 : R1=-CH2-NH-C=N--CN, R=H, R3=n-C4H9,S CH 3 I / 1: R 1 = -CH 2 -NH-C = N - CN, R = H, R 3 = nC 4 H 9 ,

CR4R5 - ciklopentanas, X=0/CR 4 R 5 - Cyclopentane, X = 0 /

A/ 1-/2'-aminometilbifenil-4-il)metil/-2-n-butil-4spirociklopentan-2-imidazolin-5-onas.N- (2'-Aminomethyl-biphenyl-4-yl) -methyl- -2-n-butyl-4-spirocyclopentan-2-imidazolin-5-one.

Šis junginys gaunamas hidrinant 5 pavyzdyje gautą junginį.This compound is obtained by hydrogenation of the compound obtained in Example 5.

g junginio, gauto 5 pavyzdyje A stadijoje, įdedama į 15 ml absoliutaus metanolio ir 2,3 ml etanolio, panaudojant 0,5 g paladžio 5% anglyje ir hidrinama kT 24 vai. Po apdorojimo gaunama 730 mg laukiamo produkto aliejaus pavidalu.of the compound obtained in Example 5, Step A, is added to 15 ml of absolute methanol and 2.3 ml of ethanol using 0.5 g of palladium on 5% carbon and hydrogenated for 24 hours. After treatment, 730 mg of the expected product is obtained in the form of an oil.

B/ Mišinys, susidedantis iš 300 mg junginio, gauto ankstesnėje stadijoje ir 113 mg N-cianimido-S,Sdimetilditiokarbonato 3 ml etanolio, kaitinamas flegmos susidarymo temperatūroje 24 vai. Po įprasto apdorojimo reakcijos terpė valoma chromatografijos būdu silicio okside, eliuojant mišiniu: DChM/etilacetatas (50/50; tūrio dalys)/.B / A mixture of 300 mg of the compound obtained in the preceding step and 113 mg of N-cyanimide-S, dimethyldithiocarbonate in 3 ml of ethanol is heated at reflux for 24 hours. After usual work-up, the reaction medium is purified by chromatography on silica eluting with a mixture of DCM / ethyl acetate (50/50; v / v).

Laukiamas produktas išskiriamas baltos spalvos kietos medžiagos pavidalu.The expected product is isolated as a white solid.

m=307 mg.m = 307 mg.

Tlyd =83°C. Mp = 83 ° C.

PavyzdysAn example

2-n-butil-l-[ /2’ (-cianoguanidinmetil) bifenil-4-il) metil]-4-spirociklopentan-2-imidazolin-5-onas.2-n-Butyl-1- [2 '(-cyanoguanidinomethyl) biphenyl-4-yl) methyl] -4-spirocyclopentane-2-imidazolin-5-one.

NH2 NH 2

I /1: R1=CH2-NH-C =N-CN, R2=H, R=n-C4H9,I / 1: R 1 = CH 2 -NH-C = N-CN, R 2 = H, R = nC 4 H 9 ,

CR4R5-ciklopentanas, X=0/.CR 4 R 5 -cyclopentane, X = 0 /.

Šis junginys gaunamas iš junginio, gauto ankstesniame pavyzdyje. 200 mg junginio įdedama į 10 ml absoliutaus etanolio, prisotinama amoniaku apytikriai 10 °C temperatūroje, po to pakaitinama iki 80°C autoklave per naktį. Sukoncentravus rėkeijos terpę iki sausumo valoma chromatografijos būdu silicio okside, eliuojant mišiniu: DChM-metanolas (95/5; tūrio dalys). Gaunama 130 mg laukiamo produkto.This compound is obtained from the compound obtained in the previous example. 200 mg of the compound is added to 10 ml of absolute ethanol, saturated with ammonia at about 10 ° C, then heated to 80 ° C in an autoclave overnight. After concentration of the rake medium to dryness, the residue is purified by chromatography on silica eluting with a mixture of DCM / methanol (95/5; v / v). 130 mg of the expected product are obtained.

Tlyd =100°C. Melting point = 100 ° C.

PavyzdysAn example

2-n-butil-4-spirociklopentan-l-/(2’trifluormetilsulfonilaminobifenil-4-il)metii/-2imidazolin-5-ono trifluormetilsulfonatas /1 : R1=-NHSO2CF3, R2=H, R3=n-C4H9,2-n-Butyl-4-spirocyclopentan-1 - [(2'-trifluoromethylsulfonylaminobiphenyl-4-yl) methyl] -2-imidazolin-5-one trifluoromethylsulfonate / 1: R 1 = -NHSO 2 CF 3 , R 2 = H, R 3 = nC 4 H 9 ,

CR4R5=ciklopentanas, X=0/CR 4 R 5 = cyclopentane, X = 0 /

A/ 4-metil-2’-nitrobifenilas.N-4-methyl-2'-nitrobiphenyl.

Sumaišoma 11,2 g 2-nitrobrombenzeno ir 15 g 4jodtolueno, pakaitinama iki 195°C temperatūros ir paliekama toje temperatūroje maišant tris su puse valandos. Nukritus temperatūrai iki kT, ekstrahuojama DChM, privedama iki flegmos susidarymo, ir karštas tirpalas filtruojamas per celitą®, po to išgarinamas DChM.11.2 g of 2-nitrobromobenzene and 15 g of 4-iodotoluene are mixed, heated to 195 ° C and left at that temperature for three and a half hours. After falling to kT, DChM is extracted, brought to phlegm formation, and the hot solution is filtered through celite®, then evaporated with DChM.

m=6,5 gm = 6.5 g

Virimo temperatūra Tvir =80-120°C esant slėgiui 0,22 mm gyvsidabrio stulpelio.Boiling point T vir = 80-120 ° C at a pressure of 0.22 mm of mercury column.

nD24=l,6042.n D 24 = 1.6042.

B/ 4-brommetil-2'-nitrobifenilas.B / 4-Bromomethyl-2'-nitrobiphenyl.

Mišinys, kuriame yra 6,5 g 4-metil-2-’nitrofenilo, 5,42 g NBC, 118 mg azobisizobutironitrilo ir 500 ml anglies tetrachlorido, kaitinamas drėkinant flegmai vai. Atšaldoma iki 0°C temperatūros, centrifuguojama, filtratas koncentruojamas ir gaunama 9 g produkto aliejaus pavidalu, kuris tokiu pavidalu naudojamas sekančioje stadijoje.A mixture of 6.5 g of 4-methyl-2-'nitrophenyl, 5.42 g of NBC, 118 mg of azobisisobutyronitrile and 500 ml of carbon tetrachloride is heated by heating with phlegm. Cool to 0 ° C, centrifuge and concentrate the filtrate to give 9 g of product as an oil, which is used as such in the next step.

C/ 2-n-butil/(2’-nitrobifenil-4-il)metil/-4-spirociklopentan-2-imidazolin-5-onas.C / 2-n-butyl / (2'-nitrobiphenyl-4-yl) methyl / -4-spirocyclopentan-2-imidazolin-5-one.

Paruošiamas mišinys, kuriame yra 260 mg natrio hidrido 80 % koncentracijos 5 ml DMFA, pridedama kT azoto atmosferoje 500 mg 2-n-butil-4-spirociklopentan-2imidazolin-5-ono, gauto 2 pavyzdyje A stadijoje. Maišoma 15 min, po to pridedama 901 mg 4-brommetil-2 ’nitrobifenilo 5 ml DMFA ir išlaikoma maišant 24 vai. Reakcijos terpė koncentruojama iki sausumo; ekstrahuojama vandens - etilacetato mišiniu. Organinė fazė dekantuojama, džiovinama natrio sulfatu ir filtruojama, po to etilacetatas išgarinamas. Gautas produktas valomas chromatografijos būdu silicio oksidu, eliuojant mišiniu DChM-etilacetatas (9/1; tūrio dalys). Gaunama 500 mg laukiamo produkto.A mixture of 260 mg of sodium hydride at 80% concentration in 5 mL of DMFA is prepared by adding 500 mg of 2-n-butyl-4-spirocyclopentan-2-imidazolin-5-one obtained in Example 2, Step A under kT nitrogen. Stir for 15 min, then add 901 mg of 4-bromomethyl-2 'nitrobiphenyl in 5 mL of DMFA and keep stirring for 24 h. The reaction medium is concentrated to dryness; extracted with water / ethyl acetate. The organic phase is decanted off, dried over sodium sulfate and filtered, after which the ethyl acetate is evaporated. The resulting product is purified by chromatography on silica eluting with DCM / ethyl acetate (9/1; v / v). 500 mg of the expected product are obtained.

D/ 1- (2’-aminobifenil-4-il)metil/-2-n-butil-4-spirociklopentan-2-imidazolin-5-onas.D / 1- (2'-Aminobiphenyl-4-yl) methyl / -2-n-butyl-4-spirocyclopentan-2-imidazolin-5-one.

450 mg produkto, gauto ankstesnėje stadijoje, kT įdedama hidrinimui į 10 ml metanolio, pridedant paladžio, 5% koncentracijos anglyje. Nufiltravus katalizatorių ir išgarinus, lieka 240 mg laukiamo produkto.450 mg of the product obtained in the preceding step are added for hydrogenation in 10 ml of methanol with the addition of palladium in a concentration of 5% in carbon. After filtration of the catalyst and evaporation, 240 mg of the expected product remain.

E/ 225 mg produkto, gauto ankstesnėje stadijoje, 0,1 ml trietilamino sumaišoma 4 ml DChM ir argono atmosferoje -78°C temperatūroje pridedama 0,2 ml trifluormetilsulforūgšties anhidrido, po to palaukiama, kol nukris iki kT. Reakcijos terpė praplaunama vandeniu, natrio hidrokarbonato tirpalu, po to džiovinama ir koncentruojama. Gaunama 150 ml baltos spalvos amorfinė kieta medžiaga.E / 225 mg of the product obtained in the previous step are mixed with 0.1 ml of triethylamine in 4 ml of DChM and 0.2 ml of trifluoromethylsulphuric anhydride are added under argon at -78 ° C, then allowed to fall to kT. The reaction medium is washed with water, sodium bicarbonate solution, then dried and concentrated. 150 ml of a white amorphous solid are obtained.

BMR spektras:NMR Spectrum:

- 0,4-1,3 m.d.: m: 7H: CH3-CH2-CH2-,- 0.4 to 1.3 ppm: m: 7H: CH 3 -CH 2 -CH 2 -,

- 1,4-2,3 m.d.: m: 10H: CH3-CH2-CH2-CH2 ir ciklopentanas,- 1.4 to 2.3 md: m: 10H: CH 3 -CH 2 -CH 2 -CH 2 and cyclopentane,

- 4 -4,8 m.d.: AB sistema: 2H: N-CH2-C6H4-,- 4 to 4.8 md: AB system: 2H: N-CH 2 -C 6 H 4 -,

- 7-7,6 m.d.: m: 8H: aromatiniai protonai- 7-7.6 ppm: m: 8H: aromatic protons

- 8,3 m.d.: s: 1H: -NH,- 8.3 dd: s: 1H: -NH,

- 10 m.d.: p.s.: 1H: CF3-SO3H.- 10 md: ps: 1H: CF 3 -SO 3 H.

PavyzdysAn example

2-n-butil-4-spirociklopentan-l-/(2'trifluormetilsulfonilaminometilbifenil-4-il)-metii/-2imidazolin-5-onas trifluormetilsulfonatas.2-n-Butyl-4-spirocyclopentan-1 - [(2'-trifluoromethylsulfonylaminomethyl-biphenyl-4-yl) -methyl] -2-imidazolin-5-one trifluoromethylsulfonate.

/ 1 : R1=CH?NHCO2CF3, R2=H, R3=n-C4H7,/ 1: R 1 = CH ? NHCO 2 CF 3 , R 2 = H, R 3 = nC 4 H 7 ,

CR4R5=ciklopentanas, X=0/CR 4 R 5 = cyclopentane, X = 0 /

Sintezė vyksta iš 1/(2'aminometilbifenil-4-il)-metil/2-n-butil-4-spirociklopentan-2-imidazolin-5-ono, gauto 14 pavyzdyje A stadijoje. Įdedama 322 mg šio junginio ir 0,122 ml temperatūroje sulforūgšties nukris iki ekstrahuojama DChM, išgarinamas DChM.Synthesis is carried out from 1 / (2'aminomethylbiphenyl-4-yl) -methyl / 2-n-butyl-4-spirocyclopentan-2-imidazolin-5-one obtained in Example 14, Step A. Add 322 mg of this compound and at 0.122 mL, the sulfuric acid will fall to extract DChM and evaporate to DChM.

trietilamino į 3,4 ml DChM -70 C ir pridedama 0,294 ml trifluormetilanhidrido. Palaukiama, kol temperatūra kT, įpilama į praskiestą acto rūgštį, džiovinama natrio sulfatu, ir Likutis valomas du kartus chromatografijos būdu, eliuojant mišiniu: DChM:triethylamine to 3.4 mL DChM -70 C and 0.294 mL trifluoromethyl anhydride was added. Wait until the temperature kT is added to the dilute acetic acid, dried over sodium sulfate and the residue is purified twice by chromatography eluting with a mixture of: DChM:

etilacetatas (95/5; tūrio dalys), po to (99,5/0,5; tūrio dalys).ethyl acetate (95/5; v / v) followed by (99.5 / 0.5; v / v).

Gaunama m=90 mg.M = 90 mg is obtained.

Tlyd.=90°C. Melting point = 90 ° C.

BMR spektras:NMR Spectrum:

- 0,4-1,2 m.d.: m: 7H: -CH2-CH2-CH3,- 0.4 to 1.2 ppm: m: 7H: -CH 2 -CH 2 -CH 3,

- 1,3-2,45 m.d.: m: 10H: CH2-CH2-CH2-CH3 ir ciklopentanas,- from 1.3 to 2.45 ppm: m: 10 H: CH 2 -CH 2 -CH 2 -CH 3, and cyclopentane,

- 4,1-5 m.d.: m: 4H: N-CH2-C6H4- ir NH-CH2-CgH4-,- from 4.1 to 5 ppm: m: 4 H: N-CH 2 -C 6 H 4 - and -CH 2 NH -CgH 4 -,

- 7,1-7,7 m.d.: m: 8H: aromatiniai protonai,- 7.1 to 7.7 ppm: m: 8H: aromatic protons,

- 8,4 m.d.: s: 1H: NH.- 8.4 ppm: s: 1H: NH.

PavyzdysAn example

2-n-butil-l-[ /2'-(N-hidroksiacetamid)-bifenil-4-il/metil/-4-spirociklopentan-2-imidazolin-5-onas.2-n-Butyl-1 - [[2 '- (N-hydroxyacetamide) -biphenyl-4-yl] methyl] -4-spirocyclopentan-2-imidazolin-5-one.

/1: R^-CO-NHOH, R2=H, R-,=n-C2H9,/ 1: R 1 -CO-NHOH, R 2 = H, R -, = nC 2 H 9 ,

CR4R5=ciklopentanas, X=0/CR 4 R 5 = cyclopentane, X = 0 /

Junginys, gautas 2 pavyzdyje, atlaisvinamas iš trifluoracto rūgšties druskos, ekstrahuojant jį mišiniu etilacetatas-vanduo ir nustatant pH=6 prisotintu natrio hidrokarbonatu. Organinė fazė praplaunama natrio sulfatu, filtruojama ir koncentruojama, kol susidaro laisva bazė baltos spalvos kietos medžiagos pavidalu.The compound obtained in Example 2 is liberated from the trifluoroacetic acid salt by extraction with ethyl acetate-water and adjusted to pH = 6 with saturated sodium bicarbonate. The organic phase is washed with sodium sulfate, filtered and concentrated to give the free base as a white solid.

450 mg šio junginio ištirpinama chloroforme, pridedama 860 mg tionilchlorido 0°C temperatūroje ir paliekama 2 vai kT maišant. Tirpalas koncentruojamas, o tionilchlorido pėdsakai pašalinami distiliuojant su toluenu. Tokiu būdu gautas rūgšties chloranhidridas DMFA tirpalo pavidalu lašinamas į tirpalą, kuriame yra 200 mg hidroksilamino chlorhidrato ir 700 ųL DIPEA 10 ml DMFA. Po 2 vai 0°C temperatūroje reakcijos terpė koncentruojama, ekstrahuojama 100 ml DChM ir 50 ml vandens. Nustatomas pH=7, organinė fazė ekstrahuojama, džiovinama natrio sulfatu. Nufiltravus tirpalas koncentruojamas. Gautas produktas perkristalinamas iš etilacetato-etilo eterio-heksano mišinio.450 mg of this compound are dissolved in chloroform, 860 mg of thionyl chloride is added at 0 [deg.] C. and left under stirring for 2 hours. The solution is concentrated and traces of thionyl chloride are removed by distillation with toluene. The acid chloro anhydride thus obtained is added dropwise as a solution of DMFA to a solution of 200 mg of hydroxylamine chlorohydrate and 700 µL of DIPEA in 10 ml of DMFA. After 2 h at 0 ° C, the reaction medium is concentrated and extracted with 100 mL of DCM and 50 mL of water. Adjust to pH = 7, extract the organic phase and dry over sodium sulfate. After filtration, the solution is concentrated. The resulting product was recrystallized from ethyl acetate-ethyl ether-hexane.

m=360 mg.m = 360 mg.

Tlyd.=85°C. Melting point = 85 ° C.

PavyzdysAn example

2-n-butil-4-spirociklopentan-l-/(2'-ureidobifenil-4il)metil/-2-imidazolin-5-onas /1: R1=NHCONH2, R2=H, R3=n-C4H9, CR4R5=ciklopentanas,2-n-Butyl-4-spirocyclopentan-1 - [(2'-ureidobiphenyl-4-yl) methyl] -2-imidazolin-5-one / 1: R 1 = NHCONH 2 , R 2 = H, R 3 = nC 4 H 9 , CR 4 R 5 = cyclopentane,

X=0/X = 0 /

Šis junginys gaunamas B.B.Kobu et. ai ., Otg. Synth., 1957, 37, 52 aprašytu būdu iš 1-/(2’-aminobifenil-4il)-metil/-2-n-butil-4-spirociklopentan-2-imidazolin-5ono, gauto 14 pavyzdyje A stadijoje.This compound is obtained by B.B. Kobu et. al., Otg. Synth., 1957, 37, 52 from 1 - [(2'-aminobiphenyl-4-yl) -methyl] -2-n-butyl-4-spirocyclopentan-2-imidazolin-5-one obtained in Example 14, Step A.

g minėto junginio tirpinama 50 ml 6N chlorvandenilio rūgšties ir temperatūroje. ekstrahuoj ama hidrokarbonatu, veikiama kalio Reakcijos etilacetatu, izocianatu 1 vai. 5 C terpė koncentruojama, praplaunama natrio po to prisotintu natrio chlorido tirpalu. Išdžiovinus natrio sulfatu, nufiltruojama, ir tirpalas koncentruojamas, o gautas skystas aliejus valomas chromatografijos būdu silicio okside eliuojant mišiniu: DChM-metanolis (9/1; tūrio dalys).of the title compound is dissolved in 50 ml of 6N hydrochloric acid at a temperature. extracted with bicarbonate treated with potassium reaction ethyl acetate, isocyanate for 1 hour. The 5 C medium is concentrated and washed with sodium followed by a saturated sodium chloride solution. After drying over sodium sulfate, it is filtered off and the solution is concentrated, and the resulting liquid oil is purified by chromatography on silica eluting with DCM / MeOH (9/1; v / v).

m=600 mgm = 600 mg

BMR spektras:NMR Spectrum:

- 0,85 m.d.: t: 3H: CH2-CH3,- 0.85 ppm: t: 3H: CH 2 -CH 3,

- 1,35 m.d.: sek: 2H: CH2-CH3,- 1.35 ppm: s: 2H: CH 2 -CH 3,

- 1,6 m.d.: - 1.6 da: kV: kV: 2H: 2H: ch2-ch2-ch3,ch 2 -ch 2 -ch 3 , - 1,7-2 m.d - 1.7-2 m.d. . : m . : m : 8H : 8H : ciklopentanas, : cyclopentane, - 2,45 m.d. - 2.45 da.s. : t: : t: 2H: 2H: ch2-ch2-ch2-ch3,ch 2 -ch 2 -ch 2 -ch 3 , - 4,8 m.d.: - 4.8 da: s: s: 2H: 2H: -ch2-c6h4-,-ch 2 -c 6 h 4 -, - 6,05 m.d. - 6.05 ppm. : s: : s: 2H: 2H: nh2,nh 2 , - 7,8 m.d.: - 7.8 ppm: m: m: 9H: 9H: 8H aromatiniai+NHCO 8H aromatic + NHCO 20 ir 21 Pavyzdžiai 20 and 21 Examples

1-/(2'-karboksibifenil-4-il)-metil/-2-n-propil-4spirocikloheksan-2-imidazolin-5-onas ir l-/(2'-Ncianokarboksiamidbifenil-4-il)-metil/-2-n-propil-4spirocikloheksan-2-imidazolin-5-onas /1: R^CO-NH-CH, RZ=H, R3=n-C3H7,1 - [(2'-Carboxybiphenyl-4-yl) methyl] -2-n-propyl-4-spirocyclohexane-2-imidazolin-5-one and 1 - [(2'-N-cyanocarboxamide biphenyl-4-yl) methyl] - 2-n-propyl-4spirocikloheksan-2-imidazolin-5-one / one R ^ -CO-NH-CH, R z = H, R 3 = nC 3 H 7,

CR4R5=ciklopentanas, X=0/CR 4 R 5 = cyclopentane, X = 0 /

A/ Etilbutirimidato chlorhidratas:A / Ethyl butyrimidate chlorohydrate:

NH //NH //

CH3-CH2-CH2-C , HCl \CH 3 -CH 2 -CH 2 -C, HCl

OC2H5 OC 2 H 5

Šis junginys gaunamas Mc. Elvain /J. Amer. Chem. Soc., 1942, 64, 1825-1827/aprašytu būdu.This compound is obtained in Mc. Elvain / J. Amer. Chem. Soc., 1942, 64, 1825-1827 /.

Į tirpalą, kuriame yra 10,6 g dujinio chloro vandenilio 20 ml bevandenio etanolio 0°C temperatūroje pridedama 23 ml butironitrilo, po to reakcijos terpė išlaikoma 4 paras 0°C temperatūroje ir supilama toje pačioje temperatūroje maišant susidariusios nuosėdos eteriu, po to vakuume laukiamo produkto.To a solution of 10.6 g of hydrogen chloride gas in 20 ml of anhydrous ethanol at 0 ° C is added 23 ml of butyronitrile, and the reaction medium is maintained at 0 ° C for 4 days and then stirred under ether at room temperature with stirring under vacuum. product.

200 ml bevandenio eterio;200 ml of anhydrous ether;

filtruojamos, praplaunamos džiovinamos. Gaunama 25,8 gfiltered, rinsed dried. 25.8 g are obtained

B/ Etilbutirimidatas g imidato, gauto A stadijoje, ištirpinama 100 ml dichlormetano ir 50 ml vandens, pridedama 15 g kalio karbonato. Po dekantavimo dichlormetanas džiovinamas kalio karbonatu, po to nekaitinant išgarinamas iki sausumo.B / Ethylbutyrimidate Dissolve g of imidate obtained in Step A in 100 ml of dichloromethane and 50 ml of water and add 15 g of potassium carbonate. After decantation, the dichloromethane is dried over potassium carbonate and then evaporated to dryness without heating.

C/ 1-aminocikloheksano karboksilines rūgšties etilo eterisC / 1-aminocyclohexane carboxylic acid ethyl ether

1-aminocikloheksano karboksilinė rūgštis yra komercinis produktas. 15 g šios rūgšties 0°C temperatūroje įdedama į tirpalą, kuriame yra 23 g dujinio chloro vandenilio ir 150 ml bevandenio etanolio. Kaitinama 5 valandas, lašant flegmai, po to reakcijos terpė koncentruojama iki sausumo ir ekstrahuojama eteriu. Gauta baltos spalvos kieta medžiaga filtruojama, praplaunama eteriu, po to tirpinama mišinyje, susidedančiame iš 300 ml eterio ir 100 ml vandens. Kalio karbonato tirpalu nustatomas pH=9. Organinė fazė dekantuojama, praplaunama prisotintu natrio chlorido tirpalu, džiovinama natrio sulfatu, po to išgarinama iki sausumo. Gaunama 14 g laukiamo produkto skysto aliejaus pavidalu.1-Aminocyclohexane carboxylic acid is a commercial product. Add 15 g of this acid at 0 ° C to a solution of 23 g of hydrogen chloride gas and 150 ml of anhydrous ethanol. The mixture is heated for 5 hours under a drip of phlegm, after which the reaction medium is concentrated to dryness and extracted with ether. The resulting white solid was filtered, rinsed with ether, then dissolved in a mixture of 300 mL of ether and 100 mL of water. Adjust the pH to 9 with potassium carbonate solution. The organic phase is decanted off, washed with saturated sodium chloride solution, dried over sodium sulfate and then evaporated to dryness. 14 g of the expected product are obtained in the form of a liquid oil.

D/ 2-n-propil-4-spirocikloheksan-2-imidazolin-5-onas.D / 2-n-propyl-4-spirocyclohexane-2-imidazolin-5-one.

14 g produkto, gauto C stadijoje, tirpinama 200 ml ksi'leno, kuriame yra 0,6 ml acto rūgšties. Pridedama pusė kiekio imidato, gauto B stadijoje, ir kaitinama, kol susidaro flegma. Po pusantros valandos pridedama pusė kiekio likusios dalies imidato, o dar po 4 vai 15 paskutinis ketvirtis. Visas mišinys išlaikomas flegmos susidarymo temperatūroje 7 vai., tada reakcijos terpė išgarinama iki sausumo. Gauta kieta medžiaga ekstrahuojama heksanu, filtruojama, praplaunama eteriu, po to džiovinama.14 g of the product obtained in Step C are dissolved in 200 ml of xylene containing 0.6 ml of acetic acid. Half of the amount of imidate obtained in step B is added and heated until a phlegm is formed. After an hour and a half, half of the rest of the imidate is added, and another 4 or 15 after the last quarter. The whole mixture is maintained at the phlegm formation temperature for 7 hours, then the reaction medium is evaporated to dryness. The resulting solid was extracted with hexane, filtered, rinsed with ether and then dried.

Gaunama 10,3 g laukiamo imidazolinono.10.3 g of the expected imidazolinone are obtained.

Tlyd.=124-125°C.T mp. = 124-125 ° C.

· IR /CHC13/:· AND / CHC1 3 /:

- 1715 cm’1: C=0,- 1715 cm -1 : C = 0,

- 1635 cm'1: C=N.- 1635 cm -1 : C = N.

Pastaba: IR spektro juostų reikšmė rodo, kad junginys, esąs tirpale, yra 5-imidazolinonas.Note: The value of the IR spectral bands indicates that the compound in solution is 5-imidazolinone.

E/ 2-n-propil-4-spirocikloheksan-l-/(2'-tret-butoksi35 karbonilbifenil-4-il)-metil/-2-imidazolin-5-onas.E / 2-n-Propyl-4-spirocyclohexane-1 - [(2'-tert-butoxy] carbonyl-biphenyl-4-yl) -methyl] -2-imidazolin-5-one.

L T 3376 BL T 3376 B

Į suspensiją, kurioje yra 80% koncentracijos skystame aliejuje 0,24 g natrio hidrido 10 ml dimetilformamido, pridedama 970 mg imidazolinono, gauto D stadijoje. Maišoma 20 min azoto atmosferoje, tada per 5 min pridedama 1,91 g 4-brommetil-2’-tret-butoksikarbonilfenilo, gauto pagal paraišką Europos patentui Nr. 324 377. Reakcijos terpė maišoma 1 vai. Koncentruojama iki pusės tūrio vakuume ir ekstrahuojama 100 ml etilacetatu, po to 20 ml vandens. Organinė fazė dekantuojama, praplaunama prisotintu natrio chlorido tirpalu, džiovinama natrio sulfatu, po to koncentruojama vakuume. Likutis valomas chromatografiškai, eliuojant mišiniu: etilacetatas-toluenas. GaunamaTo a suspension of 80% in a liquid oil, 0.24 g of sodium hydride in 10 ml of dimethylformamide is added 970 mg of imidazolinone obtained in Step D. After stirring for 20 min under nitrogen, 1.91 g of 4-bromomethyl-2'-tert-butoxycarbonylphenyl obtained according to European patent application no. 324 377. The reaction medium is stirred for 1 hour. Concentrate to half volume in vacuo and extract with 100 mL ethyl acetate followed by 20 mL water. The organic phase is decanted off, washed with saturated sodium chloride solution, dried over sodium sulphate and then concentrated in vacuo. The residue is purified by chromatography, eluting with ethyl acetate-toluene. Incoming

2,10 g laukiamo produkto, vaško pavidalo medžiaga.2.10 g of the expected product in the form of a waxy substance.

IR /CHC13/:AND / CHC1 3 /:

- 1705-1715 cm1: C=0, C=0 /esteris, imidazolinonas/,- 1705-1715 cm- 1 : C = 0, C = 0 / ester, imidazolinone /,

- 1635 cm1: C=N.- 1635 cm @ -1 : C = N.

BMR spektro analizė patvirtina struktūrą.NMR spectrum analysis confirms the structure.

F/ 1-t (2'-karboksibifenil-4-il)-metil/-2-n-propil-4spirocikloheksan-2-imidazolin-5-onas /20 pavyzdys/.F / 1- (2'-Carboxybiphenyl-4-yl) methyl / -2-n-propyl-4-spirocyclohexane-2-imidazolin-5-one (Example 20).

Mišinys, kuriame yra 11 ml dichlormetano ir 15 ml trifluoracto rūgšties, pridėjus 1,25 g tret-butilo esterio, gauto E stadijoje, maišomas 45 min. Sukoncentravus vakuume, likutis ekstrahuojamas eteriu. Susidariusi kieta medžiaga filtruojama, praplaunama eteriu, po to džiovinama. Gaunama 1,04 g baltos spalvos kieta medžiaga.A mixture of 11 ml of dichloromethane and 15 ml of trifluoroacetic acid was added with 1.25 g of tert-butyl ester obtained in Step E and stirred for 45 min. After concentration in vacuo, the residue is extracted with ether. The resulting solid is filtered, rinsed with ether and then dried. 1.04 g of a white solid are obtained.

Tlyd =170-172°C. Mp = 170-172 ° C.

BMR spektras:NMR Spectrum:

- 7,10-7,80 m.d.: m: 8H: aromatiniai protonai- 7.10-7.80 ppm: m: 8H: aromatic protons

- 4,90 m.d.: s: 2H: N-CH2-C6H4-,- 4.90 md: s: 2H: N-CH 2 -C 6 H 4 -,

- 2,45 m.d.: t: 2H: CH3-CH2-CH2-,- 2.45 md: 2H: CH 3 -CH 2 -CH 2 -,

- 1,40-1,80 m.d.: m: 12H: CH3-CH2-CH2- ir spirocikloheksanas,- from 1.40 to 1.80 ppm: m: 12 H: CH 3 -CH 2 -CH 2 - and spirocyclohexane,

- 0,90 m.d.: :3H: CH3-CH2-CH2-.- 0.90 ppm:: 3 H: CH 3 -CH 2 -CH 2 -.

1,60 g anksčiau gauto trifluoracetato ištirpinama 150 ml etilacetato ir 20 ml vandens. Pridedama 1 N natrio hidroksido nustatyti pH=5,0. Organinė fazė dekantuojama, praplaunama prisotintu natrio chlorido tirpalu, džiovinama natrio sulfatu, po to išgarinama iki sausumo. Kietas likutis ekstrahuojamas etilo eteriu, filtruojamas ir džiovinamas.Dissolve 1.60 g of the previously obtained trifluoroacetate in 150 ml of ethyl acetate and 20 ml of water. 1N sodium hydroxide is added to adjust the pH to 5.0. The organic phase is decanted off, washed with saturated sodium chloride solution, dried over sodium sulfate and then evaporated to dryness. The solid residue is extracted with ethyl ether, filtered and dried.

m=l,14 gm = 1.14 g

Tlyd =208-210°C.T mp = 208-210 ° C.

G/ 1-/(2’-N-cianokarboksamidbifenil-4-il)-metil/-2propil-4-spirocikloheksan-2-imidazolin-5-onas /21 pavyzdys/.G / 1 - / (2'-N-Cyanocarboxamidobiphenyl-4-yl) methyl / -2-propyl-4-spirocyclohexane-2-imidazolin-5-one (Example 21).

Į suspensiją, kurioje 5 ml DChM yra 300 mg junginio, gauto ankstesnėje stadijoje, pridedama 0,54 ml tionilchlorido. Po pusantros valandos reakcijos terpė koncentruojama vakuume, po to 2 kartus garinama su benzenu. Tokiu būdu gautas rūgšties chloridas tirpinamas 2 ml dioksano ir pridedamas prie 42 mg cianamido, ištirpinto 1 ml dioksano, kuriame yra 0,2 ml 10N natrio hidroksido. Po pusantros valandos reakcijos terpė praskiedžiama 150 ml etilacetato, 20 ml vandens ir acto rūgštimi nustatomas pH=5, organinė terpė dekantuojama, praplaunama prisotintu natrio chlorido tirpalu, džiovinama natrio sulfatu ir išgarinama iki sausumo. Likutis valomas chromatografijos būdu silicio oksidu, eliuojant mišiniu: chloroformas/ metanolis/ acto rūgštis (90/8/2; tūrio dalys). Gaunama 160 mg laukiamo produkto kietos medžiagos pavidalu.To a suspension of 300 mg of the compound obtained in the preceding step in 5 ml of DChM is added 0.54 ml of thionyl chloride. After one and a half hours, the reaction medium was concentrated in vacuo, then evaporated twice with benzene. The acid chloride thus obtained is dissolved in 2 ml of dioxane and added to 42 mg of cyanamide dissolved in 1 ml of dioxane containing 0.2 ml of 10N sodium hydroxide. After one and a half hours, the reaction medium is diluted with 150 ml of ethyl acetate, 20 ml of water and acetic acid are adjusted to pH = 5, the organic medium is decanted, washed with saturated sodium chloride solution, dried over sodium sulfate and evaporated to dryness. The residue is purified by chromatography on silica eluting with a mixture of chloroform / methanol / acetic acid (90/8/2; v / v). 160 mg of the expected product are obtained in the form of a solid.

IR /kVg/:IR / kVg /:

-2150 cm'1: C=N.-2150 cm -1 : C = N.

Masė-spektras: MHMass Spectrum: MH

BMR spektras:NMR Spectrum:

- 7,20-7,70 m.d.: m: 8H: aromatiniai - 7.20-7.70 ppm: m: 8H: aromatic protonai protons - 4,75 m.d.: s: 2H: N-CH2-C6H4-,- 4.75 md: s: 2H: N-CH 2 -C 6 H 4 -, - 2,40 m.d.: t: 2H: CH3-CH2-CH2-,- 2.40 md: 2H: CH 3 -CH 2 -CH 2 -, - 1,30-1, 80 m.d.: m: 12H: CH3-CH2-CH2·- 1.30-1, 80 md: m: 12H: CH 3 -CH 2 -CH 2 · - ir - and

spirocikloheksanas.spirocyclohexane.

- 0,85 ppm: t: 3H: CH -CH2-CH2-.- 0.85 ppm: t: 3H: CH -CH 2 -CH 2 -.

PavyzdysAn example

1-(/2'-N-(4'-karboksi-1,3-tiazol-2-ilacetamid) bifenil4-il)metil)-2-n-ipropil-4-spirocikloheksan-2imidazolin-5-onas.1 - (2'-N- (4'-carboxy-1,3-thiazol-2-ylacetamide) biphenyl4-yl) methyl) -2-n-ipropyl-4-spirocyclohexan-2imidazolin-5-one.

/1: RX=CONH j--j COOH \ // 1: R X = CONH j - j COOH \ /

R?—H r R3—n-C3H7,R? -H r R 3 -nC 3 H 7 ,

CR4R5=cikloheksanas, X=0/CR 4 R 5 = cyclohexane, X = 0 /

Šis junginys gaunamas iš junginio, gauto 20 pavyzdyje.This compound is obtained from the compound obtained in Example 20.

2-Amino-4-etoksikarbonil-l,3-tiazol gaunamas B.2-Amino-4-ethoxycarbonyl-1,3-thiazole is obtained in B.

Plouvier. et. ai., J. Heterocycl. Chem. 1989, 26/ 6/, 1646 nurodytu būdu.Plouvier. et. et al., J. Heterocycl. Chem. 1989, 26/6 /, 1646.

A/ l-{ /N-(4-karboetoksi)-l,3-tiazol-2-il-acetamido-2’bifenil-il-metil} -2-n-propil-4-spirocikloheksan-2imidazolin-5-onas.N - {N - (4-Carboethoxy) -1,3-thiazol-2-yl-acetamido-2'-biphenyl-yl-methyl} -2-n-propyl-4-spirocyclohexan-2imidazolin-5-one .

Į tirpalą, kuriame yra 404 mg junginio, gauto 20 pavyzdyje, 190 mg 4 ml DChM ir 1 ml DMFA tiazolo darinio, pridedama 500 mg FBO ir 0,14 ml trietilamino. Maišoma 40 vai kT, po to 7 vai 50°C temperatūroje. Reakcijos terpė ekstrahuojama 50 ml etilacetato, 2 kartus praplaunama KHSO4-K2SO4 tirpalu, po to 2 kartus prisotintu natrio bikarbonato tirpalu, po to 1 kartą prisotintu natrio chlorido tirpalu. Išdžiovinus natrio sulfatu, organinė fazė koncentruojama vakuume, ir likutis valomas chromatografijos būdu silicio okside, eliuojant mišiniu: etilacetatas - toluenas. Gaunama 120 mg laukiamo produkto.To a solution of 404 mg of the compound obtained in Example 20, 190 mg of 4 ml of DChM and 1 ml of DMFA thiazole derivative are added 500 mg of FBO and 0.14 ml of triethylamine. Stir at 40 or kT, then at 7 or 50 ° C. The reaction medium is extracted with 50 ml of ethyl acetate, washed twice with KHSO 4 -K 2 SO 4 solution, then twice with saturated sodium bicarbonate solution and then once with saturated sodium chloride solution. After drying over sodium sulfate, the organic phase is concentrated in vacuo and the residue is purified by chromatography on silica eluting with ethyl acetate - toluene. 120 mg of the expected product are obtained.

TYyd =96-98°C. Yield = 96-98 ° C.

B/ Prie 110 mg produkto, gauto ankstesnėje stadijoje ir ištirpinto 1 ml metanolio ir 1 ml dioksano, pridedama 0,5 ml 2 N natrio hidroksido. Reakcijos terpė maišoma 35 minutes, po to praskiedžiama 2 ml vandens ir 60 ml etilacetato ir nustatomas pH=5, vandenilio rūgšties. Organinė praplaunama prisotintu natrio džiovinama natrio sulfatu, po Likutis ekstrahuojamas eteriu džiovinamas.B / To 110 mg of the product obtained in the previous step, dissolved in 1 ml of methanol and 1 ml of dioxane, add 0.5 ml of 2N sodium hydroxide. The reaction medium is stirred for 35 minutes, then diluted with 2 ml of water and 60 ml of ethyl acetate and adjusted to pH = 5 with hydrochloric acid. The organic layer was washed with saturated sodium dried sodium sulfate, and then the residue was extracted with ether dried.

pridedant 1 N chloro fazė dekantuojama, chlorido tirpalu, to koncentruojama.by adding 1 N chlorine, decant the solution with chloride and concentrate.

, filtruojamas ir m=100 mg., filtered and m = 100 mg.

Tlyd =145-148°C. Mp = 145-148 ° C.

BMR spektras:NMR Spectrum:

- 8,0 m.d.: s: 1H: H tiazolo 5 padėtyje,- 8.0 ppm: s: 1H: H of the thiazole at position 5,

- 7,1-7,7 m.d.: m: 8H: aromatiniai H,- 7.1 to 7.7 ppm: m: 8H: aromatic H,

- 4,7 m.d.: s: 2H: N-CH2-C6H4-,- 4.7 md: s: 2H: N-CH 2 -C 6 H 4 -,

- 2,25 m.d.: t: 2H: CH2-CH2-CH3,- 2.25 ppm: t: 2H: CH 2 -CH 2 -CH 3,

- 1,2-1,8 m.d.: m: 12H: CH2-CH2-CH3 ir cikloheksanas,- 1.2 to 1.8 ppm: m: 12 H: CH 2 -CH 2 -CH 3, and cyclohexane,

- 0,85 m.d.: t: 3H: CH2-CH2-CH3.- 0.85 ppm: t: 3H: CH 2 -CH 2 -CH third

PavyzdysAn example

2-n-butil-l-{ /2'-(2-cianoguanidinkarbonil) -bifenilil4 — i1)metil} -4-spirociklopentan-2-imidazolin-5-onas.2-n-Butyl-1- {2 '- (2-cyanoguanidine-carbonyl) -biphenyl-4'-yl) methyl} -4-spirocyclopentan-2-imidazolin-5-one.

NH2 iNH 2 i

/ 1: R1=CONH-C=N-CN, R2=H, R3=n-C4H9,/ 1: R 1 = CONH-C = N-CN, R 2 = H, R 3 = nC 4 H 9 ,

CR4R5=ciklopentanas, X=0/CR 4 R 5 = cyclopentane, X = 0 /

Junginio, sintetinto 2 pavyzdyje, chloranhidridas gaunamas šiuo būdu: 1 g junginio Įdedama į 20 ml DChM, pridedant 1,8 ml tionilchlorido ir maišoma 2 vai kT. Sukoncentravus reakcijos terpė ekstrahuojama benzenu, po to vėl koncentruojama. Išskirtas nevalytas produktas naudojamas toliau,The chloro anhydride of the compound synthesized in Example 2 is prepared as follows: 1 g of the compound is added to 20 ml of DChM by the addition of 1.8 ml of thionyl chloride and stirred for 2 h. After concentration, the reaction medium is extracted with benzene and then concentrated again. The isolated crude product shall continue to be used,

Jis sumaišomas su 417 mg dicianodiamidu, 0,5 ml 10 N natrio hidroksido, 0,5 ml vandens ir 10 ml dioksano, 5 vai. Reakcijos terpė etilacetatu, pridedant koncentruojama. Gaunamas po to maišant paliekama ekstrahuojama vandeniu ir kalio karbonatą, po to likutis valomas chromatografijos būdu silicio okside, eliuojant mišiniu: DChM metanolas (95/5; tūrio dalys). Išskiriama 100 mg laukiamo produkto.It is mixed with 417 mg of dicyandiamide, 0.5 ml of 10 N sodium hydroxide, 0.5 ml of water and 10 ml of dioxane for 5 hours. The reaction medium is concentrated by addition with ethyl acetate. The resulting mixture is then stirred under stirring, extracted with water and potassium carbonate, and the residue is purified by chromatography on silica eluting with a mixture of DCM / MeOH (95/5; v / v). 100 mg of the expected product are isolated.

Tlyd.=105 C.T melt = 105 C.

PavyzdysAn example

4-benziliden-2-n-butil-l-/(2’karboksi) bifenil-4il)metil/-2-imidazolin-5-ono trifluoracetatas.4-Benzylidene-2-n-butyl-1- (2'-carboxy) biphenyl-4-yl) methyl / -2-imidazolin-5-one trifluoroacetate.

/1: R1=CO2H, R2=H, R3=n-C4H9, R4R5= =CH-C6H5, X=0// 1: R 1 = CO 2 H, R 2 = H, R 3 = n C 4 H 9 , R 4 R 5 = = CH-C 6 H 5 , X = 0 /

A/ 4-/l-benziliden-l-valerilaminometilamidometil/-2'bifenil-tret-butilkarboksilatas n=C4H9-CO-NH-C-CO-NH-CH2-C6H4II ch-c6h5 N- [4- / 1-Benzylidene-1-valerylaminomethylamidomethyl] -2'-biphenyl-tert-butylcarboxylate n = C 4 H 9 -CO-NH-C-CO-NH-CH 2 -C 6 H 4 II ch-c 6 h 5

CO^tBuCO ^ tBu

Alfa-dehidro-/ L /-fenilalanino N-karboksianhidridas gaunamas R. Jacquier et ai. Tetrahedron Lett 1984, 25/26, P.2775 aprašytu būdu iš N-BOK-alfa-dehidro-/ L / -fenilalanino. Prie 430 mg šio junginio, ištirpinto 5 ml THF, pridedama 644 mg 4-aminometil-2'-bifenilkT tret-butil-karboksilato, 2 vai pridedama 1 ml metilortovalerato ir išgarinama vakuume iki sausumo nekaitinant. Likutis kaitinamas 3 valandas maišoma, po toAlpha-dehydro- (L) -phenylalanine N-carboxylic anhydride is obtained by R. Jacquier et al. Tetrahedron Lett 1984, 25/26, P.2775 from N-BOK-alpha-dehydro- / L / -phenylalanine. To 430 mg of this compound in 5 ml of THF was added 644 mg of 4-aminomethyl-2'-biphenyl-tert-butyl carboxylate, 2 ml of 1 ml of methylorthovalerate and evaporated in vacuo to dryness. The residue is heated for 3 hours, followed by stirring

100°C temperatūroje, koncentruojamas vakuume, po to valomas chromatografijos būdu silicio okside, eliuojant mišiniu: heksanas-etilacetatas (4/1; tūrio dalys).Concentrate in vacuo at 100 ° C then purify by chromatography on silica eluting with hexane-ethyl acetate (4/1; v / v).

Gaunama 580 mg baltos spalvos kieta medžiaga.580 mg of a white solid are obtained.

Tlyd =154°C. Mp = 154 ° C.

BMR spektras:NMR Spectrum:

- 1,3 - 1.3 m.d.: s: m.d: s: 9H: tBu. 9H: tBu. - 0,65 - 0.65 ‘m.d.: t: 'M.d .: t: 3H: CH3-/nBu/,3H: CH 3 - / nBu /, - 2 m. - 2 m. d.: t: 2H d: t: 2H : CH3-CH2-CH2-CH2 : CH 3 -CH 2 -CH 2 -CH 2 - 4,4 - 4.4 m.d.: d: dd: d: 1H: CH2-NH,1H: CH 2 -NH, - 8,8 - 8.8 m.d.: s: m.d: s: 1H: CH/=CH-C6H5/.1H: CH (= CH-C 6 H 5 ).

B/ 4-benziliden-2-n-butil-l-/(2'-tret-butoksikarbonilbifenil-4-il)metil/-2-imidazolin-5-onas.B-4-Benzylidene-2-n-butyl-1- (2'-tert-butoxycarbonylbiphenyl-4-yl) methyl--2-imidazolin-5-one.

Ištirpinama 440 mg junginio, gauto A stadijoje, 1 ml acto rūgšties ir kaitinama 30 min 100°C temperatūroje.Dissolve 440 mg of the compound obtained in Step A in 1 ml of acetic acid and heat for 30 min at 100 ° C.

Išgarinama iki sausumo vakuume ir likutis valomas chromatografijos būdu silicio okside, eliuojant mišiniu:heksanas-etilacetatas (4/1; tūrio dalys). Gaunama 130 mg laukiamo produkto skysto aliejaus pavidalu.Evaporate to dryness in vacuo and purify the residue by chromatography on silica eluting with hexane-ethyl acetate (4/1; v / v). 130 mg of the expected product is obtained in the form of a liquid oil.

BMR spektras:NMR Spectrum:

- 4,9 m.d.: s: 2H: CH2 (N-CH2-C6H4-) .- 4.9 md: s: 2H: CH 2 (N-CH 2 -C 6 H 4 -).

C/ 100 mg junginio, gauto ankstesnėje stadijoje, ištirpinama 1 ml DChM ir pridedama 1 ml trifluoracto rūgšties, po to paliekama maišant 40 min kT ir išgarinama vakuume. Ištraukiama keletą kartų DChM, po to išgarinama. Pridėjus etilo eterį, iškrinta baltos spalvos kietos nuosėdos.C / 100 mg of the compound obtained in the previous step was dissolved in 1 ml of DChM and 1 ml of trifluoroacetic acid was added, followed by stirring for 40 min at kT and evaporated in vacuo. Extract several times with DChM, then evaporate. Addition of ether gives a white solid which precipitates.

m=101 mgm = 101 mg

Tlyd =85°C. Mp = 85 ° C.

Masė-spektras: M+: 439.Mass Spectrum: M + : 439.

BMR spektras:NMR Spectrum:

0,82 0.82 m.d. m.d. : t: 3H: : t: 3H: CH3/nBu/,CH 3 / nBu /, 1,3 1.3 m.d. : m.d. : sek: 2H sec: 2H : CH3/CH2-,: CH 3 / CH 2 -, 1,6 1.6 m.d. : m.d. : m: 2H: m: 2H: ch3-ch2-ch2-,ch 3 -ch 2 -ch 2 -, 2,6 2.6 m.d. : m.d. : t: 2H: t: 2H: ch3-ch2-ch2-ch2-,ch 3 -ch 2 -ch 2 -ch 2 -,

- 4,82 m.d.: s: 2H: CH2-C6H4-,- 4.82 ppm: s: 2H: CH 2 -C 6 H 4 -,

- 7,05 m.d.: s: 1H: =CH-C6H5,- 7.05 md: s: 1H: = CH-C 6 H 5 ,

- 7,20-8,2 m.d.: m: 13H:aromatiniai protonai- 7.20-8.2 ppm: m: 13H: aromatic protons

PavyzdysAn example

4-benziliden-l-/2'-karboksi)bifenil-4-il)metil/-2fenil-2-imidazolin-5-onas.4-Benzylidene-1- (2'-carboxy) biphenyl-4-yl) methyl-2-phenyl-2-imidazolin-5-one.

/1: R1=CO2H, R2=H, R3=C(SH5, R4R5= =CH-C6H5,/ 1: R 1 = CO 2 H, R 2 = H, R 3 = C (S H 5 , R 4 R 5 = = CH-C 6 H 5 ,

X=0/X = 0 /

A/ 4-benziliden-2-fenil-5-oksazolonas.N, 4-Benzylidene-2-phenyl-5-oxazolone.

1.8 g hipuro rūgšties ir 0,4 g kalio bikarbonato ištirpinama 4 ml acto rūgšties anhidrido, keletą minučių kaitinama 50°C temperatūroje, po to atšaldoma iki kT ir pridedama 1,49 g benzaldehido. Išlaikoma 1 vai kT, tada pridedama 20 ml distiliuoto vandens 80°C temperatūroje. Kieta medžiaga, kuri iškrenta į nuosėdas, išspaudžiama, praplaunama vandeniu, etanoliu, po to džiovinama. Gaunama 1,24 g laukiamo produkto geltonos spalvos kietos medžiagos pavidalu.Dissolve 1.8 g of hypuric acid and 0.4 g of potassium bicarbonate in 4 ml of acetic anhydride, heat at 50 ° C for several minutes, then cool to kT and add 1.49 g of benzaldehyde. Maintain for 1 hour kT, then add 20 ml of distilled water at 80 ° C. The solid which settles on the precipitate is squeezed, washed with water, ethanol and then dried. 1.24 g of the expected product are obtained in the form of a yellow solid.

Tlyd =215°C. Mp = 215 ° C.

BMR spektras:NMR Spectrum:

- 7,4 m.d.: s: 1H: CH-C6H5,- 7.4 md: s: 1H: CH-C 6 H 5 ,

- 8,1-8,4 m.d.: m: 10H: aromatiniai protonai- 8.1 to 8.4 ppm: m: 10H: aromatic protons

B/ Tret-butil 4-/l-benzilamino-l-benzilidenmetilamidometil/bifenil-2’-karboksilatasB / tert-Butyl 4- / 1-benzylamino-1-benzylidenemethylamidomethyl / biphenyl-2'-carboxylate

Mišinys, kuriame yra 500 mg junginio, gauto ankstesnėje stadijoje, 570 mg tret-butil 4-aminometilbifenil-2' karboksilato ir 10 ml piridino, kaitinamas 110°C temperatūroje 3 vai. Išgarinama vakuume, ekstrahuojama chloroformu, po to vėl išgarinama. Likutis valomas chromatografiniu būdu silicio okside, eliuojant mišiniu: heksanas-etilacetatas (3/1, po to 2/1; tūrio dalys). Gaunama 106 mg laukiamo produkto geltonos spalvos kietos medžiagos pavidalu.A mixture of 500 mg of the compound obtained in the preceding step, 570 mg of tert-butyl 4-aminomethylbiphenyl-2 'carboxylate and 10 ml of pyridine is heated at 110 ° C for 3 hours. Evaporate in vacuo, extract with chloroform, then evaporate again. The residue is purified by chromatography on silica eluting with hexane-ethyl acetate (3/1 then 2/1; v / v). 106 mg of the expected product are obtained in the form of a yellow solid.

BMR spektras:NMR Spectrum:

- 1,1 m.d.: s: 9H: tBu,- 1.1 ppm: s: 9H: tBu,

4,35 m.d.: t: 2H: -CH2-NH,4.35 ppm: t: 2H: -CH 2 -NH-,

- 7,05-7,06 m.d.: m: 19H; aromatiniai protonai+C6H5-CH=,- 7.05-7.06 md: m: 19H; aromatic protons + C 6 H 5 -CH =,

- 8,65 m.d.: t: 1H: NH-CH2,- 8.65 ppm: t: 1 H: NH-CH 2,

- 9,9 m.d.: s: 1H: NH-CH=.- 9.9 ppm: s: 1H: NH-CH =.

Mišinys, kuriame yra 1,2 g 5 ml acto rūgšties junginio, gauto ankstesnėje stadijoje, ir 1,1 g šviežiai ištirpinto natrio acetato, kaitinamas 6 vai., lašant flegmai. Atšaldoma, po to netirpi medžiaga nusodinama, pridėjus chloroformo. Filtratas garinamas, o likutis valomas chromatografijos būdu silicio okside, eliuojant mišiniu: chloroformas-metanolis (98/2; tūrio dalys). Gauta kieta medžiaga perkristalinama etilo eteryje.A mixture of 1.2 g of the 5 ml acetic acid compound obtained in the previous step and 1.1 g of freshly dissolved sodium acetate is heated for 6 hours with dripping of phlegm. After cooling, insoluble matter is precipitated by the addition of chloroform. The filtrate is evaporated and the residue is purified by chromatography on silica eluting with a mixture of chloroform-methanol (98/2; v / v). The resulting solid was recrystallized from ethyl ether.

m=692 mgm = 692 mg

Tlyd =120°C. Melting point = 120 ° C.

BMR spektras:NMR Spectrum:

- 4,95 m.d.: s: 2H: CH2-C6H4~,- 4.95 ppm: s: 2H: CH 2 -C 6 H 4 ~

- 7,1-8,3 m.d.: m; 19H: aromatiniai protonai=CH-C6H5.7.1-8.3 md: m; 19H: aromatic protons = CH-C 6 H 5 .

ir 27 pavyzdžiaiand 27 examples

2-n-butil-l-[ /2’-(2-metiltetrazol-5-il)-bifenil-4il)metil] -4-spirociklopentan-2-imidazolin-5-onas /26 pavyzdys/ ir 2-n-butil-l-[ /2’-(l-metiltetrazol-5il)-bifenil-4-il) metil] -4-spirociklopentan-2imidazolin-5-onas /27 pavyzdys/.2-n-Butyl-1 - [(2 '- (2-methyltetrazol-5-yl) -biphenyl-4-yl) methyl] -4-spirocyclopentan-2-imidazolin-5-one (Example 26) and 2-n- butyl 1 - [(2 '- (1-methyltetrazol-5-yl) biphenyl-4-yl) methyl] -4-spirocyclopentan-2-imidazolin-5-one (Example 27).

500 mg junginio, gauto 5 pavyzdyje, ir 58 mg natrio hidrido maišoma 10 ml DMFA 30 minučių, po to pridedama 179 mg metil jodido ir 2 ml DMFA ir paliekama 4 vai kT maišant. Reakcijos terpė koncentruojama, ekstrahuojama vandeniu, po to ekstrahuojama etilacetatu. Džiovinama natrio sulfatu filtruojama ir išgarinamas tirpiklis. Likutis valomas chromatografijos būdu silicio okside, eliuojant mišiniu: heksanetilacetatas: (6/4; tūrio dalys). Išskiriamos 2 frakcijos:500 mg of the compound obtained in Example 5 and 58 mg of sodium hydride are stirred in 10 ml of DMFA for 30 minutes, then 179 mg of methyl iodide and 2 ml of DMFA are added and left under stirring for 4 h. The reaction medium is concentrated, extracted with water, then extracted with ethyl acetate. Dry over sodium sulfate, filter, and evaporate the solvent. The residue is purified by chromatography on silica eluting with a mixture of hexane / ethyl acetate (6/4; v / v). 2 fractions are distinguished:

- 90 mg junginio pagal 26 pavyzdį,- 90 mg of the compound of Example 26,

- 184 mg junginio pagal 27 pavyzdį.184 mg of the compound of Example 27.

BMR spektras: NMR Spectrum: 26 Pavyzdys: 26 Example: - 0,7 m.d.: t: - 0.7 ppm: t: 3H: CH3-/nBu/,3H: CH 3 - / nBu /, - 1,2 m.d.: sek - 1.2 ppm: sec : 2H: CH3-CH2-,: 2H: CH 3 -CH 2 -, - 1,4 m.d.: kv: - 1.4 da.wm: sq: 2H: CH3-CH2-CH2-,2H: CH 3 -CH 2 -CH 2 -, - 1,5-1,9 m.d.: - 1.5-1.9 ppm: m; 8H: ciklopentanas, m; 8H: cyclopentane, - 2,25 m.d.: t: - 2.25 da: t: 2H: CH3-CH2-CH2-CH2-,2H: CH 3 -CH 2 -CH 2 -CH 2 -, - 4,15 m.d.: s: - 4.15 ppm: s: 3H: N-CH3,3H N-CH 3, - 4,6 m.d.; s: - 4.6 ppm; s: 2H: - N-CH2-C6H4-,2H: - N-CH 2 -C 6 H 4 -, - 7 m.d.: AA', - 7pm: AA ', BB' sistema: 4H: CH2-CBB 'system: 4H: CH 2 -C - 7,3-7,75 m.d. - 7.3-7.75 da.s. : m: 4H: CH2-C6H4-C6H4-.: m: 4H: CH 2 -C 6 H 4 -C 6 H 4 -.

Pavyzdys:Example:

0,7 m.d.: t: 3H: CH-/nBu/,0.7 ppm: t: 3H: CH- / nBu /,

- 1,15 m.d.: sek: 2H: CH3-CH2-,- 1.15 md: sec: 2H: CH 3 -CH 2 -,

- 1,38 m.d.: kv: 2H: CH3-CH2-CH2-,- 1.38 md: kv: 2H: CH 3 -CH 2 -CH 2 -,

- 1,5-1,9 m.d.: m: 8H: ciklopentanas,- 1.5 to 1.9 ppm: m: 8H: cyclopentane,

- 2,2 m.d.: t: 2H; CH3-CH2-CH2-CH2-,- 2.2 md: t: 2H; CH 3 -CH 2 -CH 2 -CH 2 -,

- 3,35 m. d.; s: 3H: N-CH3,- 3.35 billion; s: 3 H: N-CH 3,

- 4,6 m.d.: s: 2H: -N-CH2-C6H4-, »- 4.6 ppm: s: 2 H: N-CH 2 -C 6 H 4 -, »

- 7 m.d.: AA', BB' sistema: 4H:N-CH2-C6H4-,- 7 md: AA ', BB' system: 4H: N-CH 2 -C 6 H 4 -,

- 7,4-7,8 m. d.: m: 4H: CH2-C6H4-C6H4-.- 7.4 to 7.8 ppm: m: 4H: CH 2 -C 6 H 4 -C 6 H 4 -.

PavyzdysAn example

2-n-butil-6-spirociklopentan-3-[ (2’—/ tetrazol-5-il) bifenil-4-il) metil] -4-/1H/-5,6-dihidro-4-pirimidinonas.2-n-Butyl-6-spirocyclopentan-3 - [(2 '- / tetrazol-5-yl) biphenyl-4-yl) methyl] -4- (1H) -5,6-dihydro-4-pyrimidinone.

A/ Etilciklopentilidenacetatas.A / Ethylcyclopentylideneacetate.

g 80% natrio hidrido įdedama į 40 ml benzeno ir temperatūroje, žemesnėje negu 35°C, po lašą pridedama 57,1 ml trietilfosfonoacetato. KT išlaikoma 1 vai, tada pridedama po lašą 24,3 ml ciklopentanono. Kaitinama 65°C temperatūroje 15 min, po to atšaldoma iki kT ir paviršiuje susidaręs skystis dekantuoj amas. Pridedama 25 ml benzeno, 15 min kaitinama 65°C temperatūroje, atšaldoma, dekantuojama, po to atskiriamas paviršiuje plaukiantis skystis. Operacija dar kartą pakartojama. Išgarinus gautą skystį, gaunama 42 g laukiamo produkto, kuris distiliuojamas.Add 80 g of 80% sodium hydride to 40 ml of benzene and add dropwise 57.1 ml of triethyl phosphonoacetate at a temperature below 35 ° C. KT is maintained for 1 hour, then 24.3 ml of cyclopentanone are added dropwise. Heat at 65 ° C for 15 min, then cool to kT and decant the surface liquid. Add 25 ml of benzene, heat at 65 ° C for 15 minutes, cool, decant and then separate the supernatant liquid. The operation is repeated again. Evaporation of the resulting liquid gives 42 g of the expected product which is distilled.

Tvlr =102JC/ll mm gyvsidabrio stulpelio.T vlr = 102 J C / ll mm of mercury column.

m=22,8 mg.m = 22.8 mg.

B/ /l-aminociklopentil/-acetamidas.B / 1-aminocyclopentyl / -acetamide.

Prie ankstesnėje stadijoje gauto 20 g etilciklopentilidenacetato pridedama 150 ml dujinio amoniako ir kaitinama 72 vai 150°C temperatūroje. Išgarinus gautas produktas valomas chromatografijos būdu silicio okside, eliuojant mišiniu: DChM-metanolis20% amoniakas (90/10/1; tūrio dalys). Gautas produktas tirpinamas DChM, džiovinamas natrio sulfatu. Filtruojamas, išgarinamas DCHM ir gaunama 7,2 g laukiamo produkto.To 20 g of ethylcyclopentylideneacetate obtained in the preceding step is added 150 ml of gaseous ammonia and heated at 72 or 150 ° C. After evaporation the product is purified by chromatography on silica eluting with a mixture of DCM / methanol20% ammonia (90/10/1; v / v). The resulting product was dissolved in DCM, dried over sodium sulfate. Filtration, evaporation in DCHM gave 7.2 g of the expected product.

C/ 2-n-butil-6-spirociklopentan-4—/1H/-5,6/dihidropirimidin-4-onasC / 2-n-Butyl-6-spirocyclopentan-4- (1H) -5,6 / dihydropyrimidin-4-one

Mišinys, kuriame yra 4,57 g / 1-aminociklopentil/acetamido, gauto ankstesnėje stadijoje, 25 ml metilortovalerato ir keletas lašų acto rūgšties, kaitinama 18 vai. 100°C temperatūroje. Išgarinus ortovalerato perteklių, likutis ekstrahuojamas etilacetato-natrio bikarbonato mišiniu, po to praplaunamas vandeniniu natrio chlorido tirpalu, džiovinama natrio sulfatu, po to valoma chromatografijos būdu silicio okside, eliuojant mišiniu: DChM: metanolis (98/2; tūrio dalys).A mixture of 4.57 g / 1-aminocyclopentyl / acetamide from the previous step, 25 ml of methylorthovalerate and a few drops of acetic acid is heated for 18 hours. At 100 ° C. After evaporation of the excess orthovalerate, the residue was extracted with ethyl acetate-sodium bicarbonate mixture, washed with aqueous sodium chloride solution, dried over sodium sulfate, and then purified by chromatography on silica eluting with a mixture of DCM: methanol (98/2; v / v).

m=5 gm = 5 g

- 0,75 m.d.: t: 3H: CH3-/nBu/,- 0.75 ppm: t: 3 H: CH 3 - / nBu /,

- 1,2 m.d.: sek: 2H: CH3-CH2-,- 1.2 ppm: s: 2H: CH 3 -CH 2 -,

- 1,3-1,8 m.d.: m: 10H: CH3-CH2-CH2- ir ciklopentanas,- 1.3 to 1.8 md: m: 10H: CH 3 -CH 2 -CH 2 - and cyclopentane,

- 2 m.d.: t: 2H: CH3-CH2-CH2-CH2-,- 2 md: t: 2H: CH 3 -CH 2 -CH 2 -CH 2 -,

- 2,15 m.d.: sek: 2H: CH2-CO,- 2.15 ppm: s: 2H: CH 2 -CO,

- 9,95 m.d.:p.s.: 1H: NH.- 9.95 ppm: p: 1H: NH.

Šis junginys yra tas, kuris gautas 10 pavyzdyje C stadij oje.This compound is the one obtained in Example 10, Step C.

D/ 2-n-butil-4-spirociklopentan-l-/2'-(trifenilmetiltetrazol-5-il) bifenil-4-il)metil/ pirimidin-6-onasD / 2-n-Butyl-4-spirocyclopentan-1- (2 '- (triphenylmethyltetrazol-5-yl) biphenyl-4-yl) methyl / pyrimidin-6-one

327 g 80% natrio hidroksido 30-yje ml DMFA ir 1,5 g pirimidinono, gauto ankstesnėje stadijoje, maišoma 30 min azoto atmosferoje ir pridedama 5,27 g 4brommetil-2'-/trifenilmetil-tetrazol-5-il)bifenilo. Maišoma 4 vai kT, po to tirpikliai išgarinami, tada ekstrahuojama etilacetatu ir vandeniu, džiovinama natrio sulfatu ir koncentruojama. Gautas produktas valomas chromatografijos būdu silicio okside, eliuojant mišiniu: etilacetatas/heksanas (3/7; tūrio dalys).327 g of 80% sodium hydroxide in 30 ml of DMFA and 1.5 g of pyrimidinone obtained in the previous step are stirred for 30 min under nitrogen and 5.27 g of 4-bromomethyl-2 '- (triphenylmethyl-tetrazol-5-yl) -biphenyl are added. After stirring for 4 h, the solvents were evaporated, then extracted with ethyl acetate and water, dried over sodium sulfate and concentrated. The resulting product is purified by chromatography on silica eluting with ethyl acetate / hexane (3/7; v / v).

m=3,2 gm = 3.2 g

E/ 3 g junginio, gauto ankstesnėje stadijoje, įdedama į 15 ml metanolio ir atšaldoma vandens-ledo vonioje, pridedama 2,2 ml 4 N HC1 ir paliekama kT maišant 5 valandoms. Išgarinus ekstrahuojama etilacetatu ir vandeniu, po to pridedama natrio hidroksido, kad susidarytų šarminė terpė /pH=ll·/. Dekantuojama, vandens fazė praplaunama etilo eteriu ir toluenu, po to vėl eteriu. Po to nustatomas šios fazės pH=5 praskiesta chloro vandenilio rūgštimi, po to ekstrahuojama etilacetatu, džiovinama ir koncentruojama. Gautas produktas valomas silicio okside, eliuojant mišiniu DChM-metanolis (93/5; tūrio dalys). Gaunama 800 mg laukiamo produkto.E / 3 g of the compound obtained in the previous step is added to 15 ml of methanol and cooled in a water-ice bath, 2.2 ml of 4 N HCl are added and the kT is left under stirring for 5 hours. After evaporation, extraction is carried out with ethyl acetate and water, followed by addition of sodium hydroxide to form an alkaline medium / pH = 11 · /. After decantation, the aqueous phase is washed with ethyl ether and toluene, then again with ether. The phase is then adjusted to pH = 5 with dilute hydrochloric acid, then extracted with ethyl acetate, dried and concentrated. The resulting product is purified on silica eluting with DCM / methanol (93/5; v / v). 800 mg of the expected product are obtained.

BMR spektras:NMR Spectrum:

- 0,85 m.d.: t: 3H:CH3-/nBu/.- 0.85 ppm: t: 3 H: CH 3 - / nBu /.

- 1,30 m.d.: sek: 2H: CH3-CH2~,- 1.30 ppm: s: 2H: CH 3 -CH 2 ~

- 1,40-1, 95 m.d.: m: 10H: CH2-CH2-CH2-CH3 ir ciklopentanas,- 1.40-1, 95 md: m: 10H: CH 2 -CH 2 -CH 2 -CH 3 and cyclopentane,

2,30 2.30 m.d. m.d. : t: : t: 2H:CH2-CH2-CH2-CH.2H: CH 2 -CH 2 -CH 2 -CH. 2.55 2.55 m.d. m.d. : s: : s: 2H: CH2-CO,2H: CH 2 -CO, 4, 95 4, 95 m.d. m.d. : s: : s: 2HN-CH2-C6H4-,2HN-CH 2 -C 6 H 4 -, 7,05 7.05 m.d. m.d. : m: : m: 4H: CH2-C6H4-,4H: CH 2 -C 6 H 4 -, 7,55- 7.55- -7, 82 -7, 82 m.d. m.d. . : m: 4H: CH2-C6H4 . : m: 4H: CH 2 -C 6 H 4

PavyzdysAn example

2-n-butil-3-/(2’-karboksibifenil-4-il)metil/-5spirociklopentan-5-lH/-5,6- -dihidropirimidin-4-ono trifluoracetatas.2-n-Butyl-3 - [(2'-carboxybiphenyl-4-yl) methyl] -5-spirocyclopentan-5-1H / -5,6-dihydropyrimidin-4-one trifluoroacetate.

A/ Etilo 1-cianociklopentankarboksilatasA / Ethyl 1-cyanocyclopentanecarboxylate

Šis junginys gaunamas Helv. Chem. Actą, 1952, 35 /7/This compound is obtained by Helv. Chem. Act, 1952, 35/7

2561, nurodytu būdu.2561, in the manner stated.

9,2 natrio ištirpinama 200 ml absoliutaus etanolio. Pusė susidariusio natrio etilato tirpalo kiekio supilama Į kolbą. Į likusią pusę sudedama 24,88 g etilcianoacetato ir kaitinama, kol susidaro flegma.9.2 Sodium is dissolved in 200 ml of absolute ethanol. Transfer half of the sodium ethylate solution formed into the flask. 24.88 g of ethyl cyanoacetate are added to the remaining half and heated until a phlegm is formed.

Į kitą kolbą pripilama 43,19 g 1,4-dibrombutano, 1 reakcijos terpę po lašą vienu metu pridedama natrio etilato ir 1,4-dibrombutano. Sudėjus viską į reakcijos terpę, 2 valandas šildoma lašant flegmai. Išgarinama, ekstrahuojant etilo eterio-vandems mišiniu, praplaunama prisotintu natrio chlorido tirpalu, po to džiovinama. Gautas produktas distiliuojamas 115-120°C temperatūroje 11 mm gyvsidabrio stulpelio slėgyje.To the other flask was added 43.19 g of 1,4-dibromobutane, and sodium ethylate and 1,4-dibromobutane were added dropwise to the reaction medium. After adding everything to the reaction medium, heat for 2 hours with a drip of phlegm. Evaporate by extraction with ethyl ether-water, wash with saturated sodium chloride solution, and then dry. The product obtained is distilled at 115-120 ° C under a pressure of 11 mm of mercury.

m=24 g.m = 24 g.

B/ 1-etilo-l-aminometilciklopentankarboksilatas.B / 1-ethyl-1-aminomethylcyclopentanecarboxylate.

Šis junginys susidaro etilo 1-cianociklopentankarboksilato katalitinio hidrinimo metu.This compound is formed during the catalytic hydrogenation of ethyl 1-cyanocyclopentanecarboxylate.

g etilo 1-cianociklopentankarboksilato įdedama į 200 ml etanolio ir 10% amoniako ir hidrinama 80°C temperatūroje 72 vai 100 barų slėgyje panaudojant rodį aliuminio okside. Nufiltravus per celitą P ir išgarinus, likutis valomas chromatografijos būdu silicio okside eliuojant mišiniu: DChM-metanolas-20% amoniakas (98/2/0,5; tūrio dalys).Add 1 g of ethyl 1-cyanocyclopentanecarboxylate to 200 ml of ethanol and 10% ammonia and hydrogenate at 80 ° C under a pressure of 72 or 100 bars using rhodium in alumina. After filtration through celite P and evaporation, the residue is purified by chromatography on silica eluting with DCM / methanol-20% ammonia (98/2 / 0.5; v / v).

m=12,8 g.m = 12.8 g.

C/ 2-n-butil-5-spirociklopentan-4-/lH/-5,6-dihidropirimidin-4-onas.C / 2-n-butyl-5-spirocyclopentane-4- (1H) -5,6-dihydropyrimidin-4-one.

Mišinys, kuriame yra 13,12 g junginio, gauto ankstesnėje stadijoje, ir 13,5 etilvalerimidato 100 ml ksileno, turinčio keletą lašų acto rūgšties, išlaikomas 13 vai. lašant flegmai. Reakcijos terpė išgarinama, ekstrahuojama etilacetatu ir 10% natrio karbonato tirpalu, po to džiovinama ir koncentruojama.A mixture of 13.12 g of the compound obtained in the preceding step and 13.5 ethyl valerimidate in 100 ml xylene containing several drops of acetic acid is maintained for 13 hours. dripping phlegm. The reaction medium is evaporated, extracted with ethyl acetate and 10% sodium carbonate solution, then dried and concentrated.

m=14 g.m = 14 g.

T,yd. = 89-91°CT, yd . = 89-91 ° C

BMR spektras:NMR Spectrum:

- 0,80 m.d.: t: 3H: CH3/nBu/,- 0.80 ppm: t: 3 H: CH 3 / nBu /,

- 1,10-1,80 m.d.: m: 12H: CH3-CH2-CH2- ir ciklopentanas,- 1.10 to 1.80 md: m: 12H: CH 3 -CH 2 -CH 2 - and cyclopentane,

- 2,05 m.d.: t: 2H: CH3-CH2-CH2-CH2-,- 2.05 md: 2H: CH 3 -CH 2 -CH 2 -CH 2 -,

- 3,20 m.d.: s: 2H: CH2 /pirimidinonas/,- 3.20 ppm: s: 2H: CH 2 / pirimidinonas /,

- 10 m.d.: s: 1H: NH-CO.- 10 ppm: s: 1H: NH-CO.

D/ 2-n-butil-5-spirociklopentan-3-/(2'-tret-butoksikarbonilbifenil-4-il)-metil/-4/lH/-5,6-dihidropirimidin-4-onasD / 2-n-Butyl-5-spirocyclopentan-3 - [(2'-tert-butoxycarbonylbiphenyl-4-yl) methyl] -4 H, -5,6-dihydropyrimidin-4-one

500 mg produkto 40 ml DMFA, gauto ankstesnėje stadijoje, argono atmosferoje, esant 80% 115 g natrio hidrido skystame aliejuje maišoma kT pusę valandos. Pridedama 1,08 g 4-brommetil-2' tret-butoksikarbonilbifenilo ir išlaikoma 2 valandas maišant. Išgarinus likutis ekstrahuojamas etilacetato-vandens mišiniu, praplaunamas prisotintu natrio chlorido tirpalu, po to džiovinama, koncentruojama ir likutis valomas chromatografijos būdu silicio okside eliuojant mišiniu: etilacetatas-heksanas (3/7; tūrio dalys).500 mg of the product in 40 ml of DMFA obtained in the previous step under argon is stirred at 80% 115 g of sodium hydride in liquid oil for half an hour. 1.08 g of 4-bromomethyl-2 'tert-butoxycarbonylbiphenyl are added and the mixture is stirred for 2 hours. After evaporation, the residue is extracted with ethyl acetate-water, washed with saturated sodium chloride solution, then dried, concentrated and the residue is purified by chromatography on silica eluting with ethyl acetate-hexane (3/7; v / v).

m=280 mg.m = 280 mg.

E/ Ištirpinama 250 mg tret-butilo esterio, gauto ankstesnėje stadijoje, 10 ml DChM. Atšaldoma vandensledo vonioje, po to pridedama 5 ml šaltos trifluoracto rūgšties ir paliekama 1 valandai šaltyje maišant, po to 1 valandai - kT. Išgarinama esant sumažintam slėgiui. Likutis ekstrahuojamas etilo eteriu, po to išgarinamas.E / Dissolve 250 mg of tert-butyl ester obtained in the previous step in 10 ml of DChM. Cool in a water bath, then add 5 ml of cold trifluoroacetic acid and leave for 1 hour under cold stirring, then for 1 hour at kT. Evaporate under reduced pressure. The residue is extracted with ethyl ether and then evaporated.

Operacija pakartojama 3 kartus, po to garinama, likutis ekstrahuojamas heksanu, susidaro milteliai, to dekantuojama heksanu. Ekstrahuojama etilo eteriu, nuosėdos nufiltruojamos.The operation is repeated 3 times, then evaporated, the residue is extracted with hexane to give a powder and then decanted with hexane. Extract with ethyl ether and filter the precipitate.

m=190 mgm = 190 mg

Tlyd =153-155°C Mp = 153-155 ° C

BMR spektras:NMR Spectrum:

- 0,85 m.d.: t: 3H: CH3/nBu/,- 0.85 ppm: t: 3 H: CH 3 / nBu /,

- 1,35 m.d.: sek: 2H: CH3-CH2-,- 1.35 md: sec: 2H: CH 3 -CH 2 -,

- 1,45-2,20 m.d.: m: 10H: CH3-CH2-CH2- ir ciklopentanas, ir- 1.45-2.20 md: m: 10H: CH 3 -CH 2 -CH 2 - and cyclopentane, and

P° irP ° and

- 2,80 - 2.80 m.d. : m.d. : t: t: 2H: 2H: ch3-ch2-ch2-ch2-,ch 3 -ch 2 -ch 2 -ch 2 -, - 3, 80 - 3.80 m.d. : m.d. : s: s: 2H: 2H: CH2- /pirimidinonas/,CH 2 - / pyrimidinone /, - 5, 15 - 5, 15 m.d. : m.d. : s: s: 2H: 2H: n-ch2-,n-ch 2 -,

7,25 m.d.: m: 8H: aromatiniai protonai lentelė7.25 ppm: m: 8H: Table of aromatic protons

Pvz. Nr. For example, No. Ri Ri r3 r 3 CFUR5 CFUR5 Drus- ka Drus- ka _ o_ Tlyd. t C _ o_ Tlyd. t C 30 30th CO2HCO 2 H n-C4H9 nC 4 H 9 cikloheksanas cyclohexane TFK TFK 172-174 172-174 31 31st co2ch3 co 2 ch 3 n-C4H9 nC 4 H 9 ciklopentanas cyclopentane - 86-87 86-87 32* 32 * co2hco 2 h n-C4H9 nC 4 H 9 C/CH3/C6H5 C / CH 3 / C 6 H 5 TFK TFK 58-60 58-60 33 33 co2hco 2 h n-C4H9 nC 4 H 9 c/c2h5/2 c / c 2 h 5/2 TFK TFK 82-84 82-84 34 34 co2h4 co 2 h 4 n-C3H7 nC 3 H 7 ciklopentanas cyclopentane TFK TFK 164 164 35 35 /**/ / ** / n-C4H9 nC 4 H 9 ciklopentanas cyclopentane - 163-164 163-164 36 36 co2hco 2 h c6h5 c 6 h 5 ciklopentanas cyclopentane TFK TFK 178 178 37 37 co2hco 2 h n-C4H9 nC 4 H 9 ciklopentanas cyclopentane TFK TFK 160-162 160-162 38 38 co2hco 2 h ch3 ch 3 ciklopentanas cyclopentane TFK TFK 140 140 39 39 co2hco 2 h n-C4H9 nC 4 H 9 ciklopropanas cyclopropane - 204-205 204-205 40 40 tetrazol-5-il tetrazol-5-yl -Oį<H2-CH=CH2 -O <H 2 -CH = CH 2 ciklopentanas cyclopentane - 110 110 41 41 -tetrazol-5-il -tetrazol-5-yl n-C4H9 nC 4 H 9 cikloheksanas cyclohexane - 130 130 42 42 -tetrazol-5-il -tetrazol-5-yl n-C3H7 nC 3 H 7 cikloheksanas cyclohexane - 141 141 43 43 OO2HO 2 H ciklopentilas cyclopentyl ei klopentanas hey clopentan TFK TFK 82-88 82-88 44 44 co2hco 2 h n-C4H11 n-C4H11 ciklopentanas cyclopentane TFK TFK 151 151 45 45 co2hco 2 h ch2-c6h6 ch 2 -c 6 h 6 ciklopentanas cyclopentane TFK TFK 88 88 46 46th co2hco 2 h H H ciklopentanas cyclopentane - 230 230 47 47 co2hco 2 h n-C4H9 nC 4 H 9 ciklobutanas cyclobutane TFK TFK 178 178 48 48 oo2hoo 2 h n-C4H9 nC 4 H 9 ciklododekanas cyclododecane TFK TFK 130-135 130-135 49 49 oo2hoo 2 h n-C4H9 nC 4 H 9 2-adaman t ama s 2-adaman t ama s TFK TFK 164-166 164-166 50 50 co2hco 2 h n-C4H9 nC 4 H 9 /4-fenil/- cikloheksanas (4-phenyl) - cyclohexane TFK TFK 155-157 155-157

Pvz. For example, Ri Ri r3 r 3 CR^Rį CR ^ Rys Drus- Drus- Tlyd./C Tlyd./C Nr. No. ka ka 51 51 CO2HCO 2 H n-C4H9 nC 4 H 9 /4-metil/- / 4-methyl / - TFK TFK 198-200 198-200 cikloheksanas cyclohexane 52 52 oo2hoo 2 h n-C4H9 nC 4 H 9 /N-acetii/-4- / N-Acetyl / -4- TFK TFK 90-95 90-95 piperidin piperidine 53 53 co2hco 2 h C3H7 C 3 H 7 ciklopentanas cyclopentane - 141-143 141-143

54* 002H n C4H9 54 * 00 2 H n C 4 H 9

55* 00,H n-C4H9 55 * 00, H nC 4 H 9

CF« CF3 — 'ClCF «CF 3 - 'Cl

TFKTFK

207-209207-209

105105

OO,H n-C4H9 OO, H nC 4 H 9

C02HC0 2 H

CO2HCO 2 H

CHS CH S

yCOyCO

CF.,CF.,

TFK 95-105TFK 95-105

TFK 125-135TFK 125-135

TFK 85-90 šių junginių anglis yra asimetrinė, ir jie išskiriami optinių izomerų mišinio pavidalu.The IFC 85-90 carbon of these compounds is asymmetric and is isolated in the form of a mixture of optical isomers.

R^H ir R2=CO2H.R ^ H and R 2 = CO 2 H.

Claims (21)

IŠRADIMO APIBRĖŽTIS kurioje:DEFINITION OF INVENTION wherein: -Rx ir R2 yra vienodi arba skirtingi ir, nepriklausomai vienas nuo kito, kiekvienas jų yra arba vandenilis arba grupė, parinkta iš alkilo Cx-C6, Cx-C4-alkoksilo, amino, aminometilo, karboksilo, alkoksikarbonilo, kurio alkoksigrupė yra Cx-C4 tipo, ciano, tetrazolino, metiltetrazolino, metilsulfanilamino, trifluormetilsulfonilamino, trifluormetilsulfonilaminometilo, N-cianoacetamido, N-hidroksiacetamido, N-[ (4-karboksi)-1,3tiazol-2-il]acetamido, ureido, 2-cianoguanidinkarbonilo, 2-cianoguanidinmetilo, imidazol-l-ilkarbonilo, 3-ciano-2-metilizotioureidmetilo grupių, tuo atveju, jei mažiausiai bent vienas pakaitų Rx ir R2 skiriasi nuo vandenilio;-R x and R 2 are the same or different and independently of one another are either hydrogen or a group selected from alkyl C x -C 6 , C x -C 4 -alkoxyl, amino, aminomethyl, carboxyl, alkoxycarbonyl, having an alkoxy group of the type C x -C 4 , cyano, tetrazoline, methyltetrazoline, methylsulfanylamino, trifluoromethylsulfonylamino, trifluoromethylsulfonylaminomethyl, N-cyanoacetamide, N-hydroxyacetamide, N - [(4-carboxy) -1,3-thiazol-2-yl] acetamide, , 2-cyanoguanidine-carbonyl, 2-cyanoguanidine-methyl, imidazol-1-ylcarbonyl, 3-cyano-2-methylisothiothioureidmethyl, provided that at least one of the substituents R x and R 2 is different from hydrogen; -R3 yra vandenilis, alkilas Cx-C6, nepakeistas arba pakeistas vienu ar keliais halogeno atomais, alkenilas C2-C6, cikloalkilas C3-C7, fenilas, fenilalkilas, kurio alkilas yra Cx-C3 tipo, fenilalkenilas, kurio alkenilas yra C2-C3 tipo, be to, nurodytos fenilo grupės yra vieną arba keletą kartų nepakeistos arba pakeistos halogeno atomu, alkilu Cx-C6, halogenalkilu Cx-C4, polihalogenalkilu Cx-C4, hidroksilu arba alkoksigrupė Cx-C4;R 3 is hydrogen, alkyl C x -C 6 , unsubstituted or substituted with one or more halogen atoms, alkenyl C 2 -C 6 , cycloalkyl C 3 -C 7 , phenyl, phenylalkyl of which C x -C 3 alkyl, phenylalkenyl of which C 2 -C 3 alkenyl is furthermore substituted or unsubstituted or substituted on said phenyl groups by halogen, alkyl C x -C 6 , haloalkyl C x -C 4 , polyhaloalkyl C x -C 4 , hydroxy or alkoxy C x -C 4 ; -R4 ir R5 kiekvienas, nepriklausomai vienas nuo kito, yra alkilas C^-Cg, fenilas, fenilalkilas, kuriame alkilas yra C^-C^ tipo, be to, nurodytos alkilo, fenilo ir fenilalkilo grupės yra nepakeistos arba pakeistos vienu arba keliais halogeno atomais arba viena grupe, parinkta iš perfluoralkilo C1-C4, hidroksilo, alkoksigrupių C^-Cį;R 4 and R 5 are each independently C 1 -C 8 alkyl, phenyl, phenylalkyl wherein the alkyl is C 1 -C 6, and the alkyl, phenyl and phenylalkyl groups listed are unsubstituted or substituted with one or more several halogen atoms or one group selected from perfluoroalkyl C 1 -C 4 , hydroxyl, C 1 -C 6 alkoxy; -arba R4 ir R5 kartu sudaro grupę, kurios formulė =CR7R8, ir R7 yra vandenilis, alkilas C3-C4 arba fenilas, Re yra alkilas 074 arba fenilas;or R 4 and R 5 together form a group of formula = CR 7 R 8 and R 7 is hydrogen, alkyl C 3 -C 4 or phenyl, R e is alkyl 0 7 -C 4 or phenyl; -arba R4 ir R5, kartu sujungti, yra arba grupė, kurios formulė (CH2)n, arba grupė, turinti formulę (CH2)p γ (CH2)q, kur gama yra arba deguonies atomas, arba sieros atomas, arba anglies atomas, pakeistas alkilu C7-C4, fenilu arba fenilalkilu, turinčiu alkilą C1-C3 tipo, arba grupe N-Rę, kurioje R6 yra vandenilis, alkilas C3-C4 tipo, fenilalkilas, kurio alkilas yra C7C3 tipo, alkilkarbonilas halogenalkilkarbonilasor R 4 and R 5 , taken together, are either a group of formula (CH 2 ) n or a group of formula (CH 2 ) p γ (CH 2 ) q , wherein the gamma is either an oxygen atom or a sulfur atom. or a carbon atom substituted by alkyl C 7 -C 4, phenyl or phenylalkyl substituted with alkyl C 1 -C 3 type or a group NR E, in which R 6 is hydrogen, alkyl, C 3 -C 4 type, phenylalkyl wherein the alkyl is C 7 C 3 type 3 alkylcarbonyl haloalkylcarbonyl Ci-C4, polihalogenalkilkarbonilas C1-C4, benzoilas, alfa-aminoacilas arba N-apsaugos grupė, arba R4 ir R5, kartu su anglies, prie kurio jie prijungti, atomu sudaro indaną arba adamantaną;Ci - C 4, C 1 -C polihalogenalkilkarbonilas 4, benzoyl, an alpha-aminoacyl or an N-protective group, or R 4 and R 5 together with the carbon to which they are attached atom form indan or adamantane; -p+q=m;-p + q = m; -n -n yra is sveikas skaičius whole number nuo 2 from 2 iki 11; up to 11; -m -m yra is sveikas skaičius whole number nuo 2 from 2 iki 5; up to 5; -X -X yra is deguonies atomas oxygen atom arba or sieros atomas; a sulfur atom; -Z -Z ir and t lygūs nuliui t equals zero arba or vienas šių indeksų lygus one of these indices equals
nuliui, o kitas yra vienetas; arba jo druska.zero while the other is a unit; or a salt thereof.
2. Junginys pagal 1 punktą, besiskiriantis tuo, kad Rx yra orto-padėtyje ir yra karboksigrupė arba tetrazolo grupė, o R2 yra vandenilis.2. A compound according to claim 1 wherein R x is in the ortho position and is a carboxy or tetrazole group and R 2 is hydrogen. 3. Junginys pagal vieną iš 1 ir 2 punktų, besiskiriantis tuo, kad R4 ir R5 su anglies, prie kurio jie prijungti, atomu sudaro ciklopentaną arba cikloheksaną.Compound according to one of Claims 1 and 2, characterized in that R 4 and R 5 together with the carbon to which they are attached form cyclopentane or cyclohexane. 4. Junginys pagal vieną iš 1-3 punktų, besiskiriantis tuo, kad R3 yra linijinė alkilo grupė C!-c6.Compound according to one of Claims 1 to 3, characterized in that R 3 is a linear alkyl group C 1 -C 6 . 5. Junginys pagal vieną iš 1-4 punktų, besiskiriantis tuo, kad X yra deguonis.5. A compound according to any one of claims 1-4, wherein X is oxygen. 6. Junginys pagal vieną iš 1-5 punktų, besiskiriantis tuo, kad Z=t=0.6. A compound according to any one of claims 1-5, wherein Z = t = 0. 7. Junginys pagal 1 punktą, besiskiriantis tuo, kad jis yra 2-n-butil-4-spirociklopentan-l-[ { 2'(tetrazol-5-il)bifenil-4-il} metil] -2-imidazolin-5-onas arba viena jo druskų su rūgštimi arba bazėmis.7. A compound according to claim 1, which is 2-n-butyl-4-spirocyclopentan-1 - [{2 '(tetrazol-5-yl) biphenyl-4-yl} methyl] -2-imidazolin-5 -one or one of its salts with an acid or a base. 8. I formulės junginio pagal vieną iš 1-7 punktų gavimo būdas, besiskiriantis tuo, kad:8. A process for the preparation of a compound of the formula I as claimed in one of claims 1 to 7, characterized in that: ai) vykdo heterociklinio darinio, turinčio formulę:(ai) carries a heterocyclic derivative having the formula: H kurioje Z, t, R3, R4 ir R5 reikšmės yra tokios pat, kaip ir (I) junginio pagal 1 punktą, reakciją su (bifenil-4il)metilo dariniu, kurio formulė:H wherein Z, t, R 3 , R 4 and R 5 have the same values as the reaction of the compound (I) according to claim 1 with a (biphenyl-4-yl) methyl derivative of the formula: kurioje Hal yra halogeno atomas, o R'y ir R’2 yra 5 atitinkamai arba Rx ir R2, arba grupuotė - Rx irwherein Hal is a halogen atom and R'y and R ' 2 are 5 respectively R x and R 2 or R x and R2 pirmtakas;R 2 precursor; bl) jeigu reikalinga, tokiu būdu gautą junginį, kurio formulė:(bl) where appropriate, a compound of the formula thus obtained: 10 veikia Lawesson reagentu: 2,4-bis-(4-metoksifenil)-1,3ditia-2,4-difosfetan-2,4-disulfidu;10 acts with Lawesson's reagent: 2,4-bis- (4-methoxyphenyl) -1,3-dithia-2,4-diphosphetane-2,4-disulfide; cl) junginio, gauto ai) ir bl) stadijose, kurio formulė:cl) the compound of steps ai) and bl) having the formula: kurioje X yra deguonies atomas arba sieros atomas, grupes R'y ir R'2 pakeičia atitinkamai grupėmis Ry ir/arba R, norint gauti (I) junginį.wherein X is an oxygen atom or a sulfur atom, the groups R'y and R ' 2 are replaced by the groups Ry and / or R respectively to give compound (I). 9. (I) formulės junginio pagal vieną iš 1-7 punktų gavimo būdas, besiskiriantis tuo, kad a2) amino rūgštis, kurios formulė:9. A process for the preparation of a compound of formula (I) according to one of claims 1 to 7, characterized in that a2) an amino acid of the formula: e/ (pJ*e / (pJ * COCH kurioje Z, t, R4 ir R5 reikšmės yra tokios pat, kaip nurodyta (I) junginiui pagal 1 punktą, ir kuriojeCOCH wherein Z, t, R 4 and R 5 have the same meanings as given for compound (I) according to claim 1, and wherein 10 aminogrupė apsaugota Pr grupe, reaguoja su (bifenil-4il)metilamino dariniu, turinčiu formulę:The 10 amino group is protected by a Pr group, reacting with a (biphenyl-4-yl) methylamine derivative of the formula: kurioje R'y ir R'2 yra atitinkamai arba Ry ir R2, arba grupuotė - R, ir R2 pirmtakas;wherein R'y and R ' 2 are either Ry and R 2 , respectively, or a precursor of R and R 2 ; 100 b2) pašalinus nuo aminogrupės apsauginę grupę, nurodytu būdu gautą junginį, turintį formulę:100 b2) deprotecting the amino group to give a compound of the formula having the formula: po to veikia ortorūgšties alkilo esteriu, kurio formulė R3C(OR)3 (10), kurioje R3 reikšmės yra tokios, kokiosfollowed by treatment with an orthoic acid alkyl ester of the formula R 3 C (OR) 3 (10) wherein R 3 is as defined 5 nurodytos (I) junginiui pagal 1 punktą, o R yra alkilas Ci-C4;5 are as defined for compound (I) according to claim 1, and R is alkyl C 1 -C 4 ; c2) esant būtinumui, tokiu būdu gautą junginį, turintį formulę:c2) if necessary, a compound of the formula thus obtained: 10 veikia Lawesson reagentu: 2,4-bis-(4-metoksifenil)-1,3ditia-2,4-difosfetan-2,4-disulfidu;10 acts with Lawesson's reagent: 2,4-bis- (4-methoxyphenyl) -1,3-dithia-2,4-diphosphetane-2,4-disulfide; d2) tokiu būdu b2 arba c2 stadijose gautą jungini, kurio formulė:d2) the compound thus obtained in steps b2 or c2 of the formula: 101 po to veikia sąlygose, tinkančiose (I) junginio gavimui, paverčiant R’2 ir/arba R’x grupes atitinkamai R2 ir/arba Rx grupėmis.101 then operates under conditions suitable for the preparation of compound (I) by converting R ' 2 and / or R' x groups to R 2 and / or R x groups, respectively. 10. (I) formulės junginio pagal besiskiriantis tuo,10. Compound of formula (I) according to 6 punktą gavimo būdas, kad:The method of claim 6, wherein: a3) imidazolo darinį, turintį formulę kurioje R3, R4, Rs reikšmės yra tokios, kokios nurodytos (I) junginiui pagal 1 punktą, veikia (bifenil-4il)metilo dariniu, kurio formulė ir kurioje Hal yra halogeno atomas, atitinkamai arba Rx ir R2 arba R2 pirmtakas, esant deguoniui o R\ ir R'2 yra grupuotė -Rx ir ir veikiant ultravioletiniais spinduliais šarminėje aplinkoje.a3) an imidazole derivative having the formula wherein R 3, R 4, R s have the same meanings as those defined in (i) a compound according to claim 1 with a (biphenyl-4-yl) methyl derivative of the formula and Hal is a halogen atom or, respectively The precursor of R x and R 2 or R 2 in the presence of oxygen while R 1 and R ' 2 is a group -R x and also exposed to ultraviolet light in an alkaline environment. b3) esant būtinumui, tokiu budu gautą junginį, kurio formulė:(b3) where appropriate, a compound of formula: 102 veikia Lawesson reagentu: 2,4-bis-(4-metoksifenil)-1,3ditia-2,4-difosfenat-2,4-disulfidu;102 is treated with Lawesson's reagent: 2,4-bis- (4-methoxyphenyl) -1,3-dithia-2,4-diphosphenate-2,4-disulfide; c3) tokiu būdu b3) ir c3) stadijose gautą junginį, 5 kurio formulė:c3) The compound 5 thus obtained in steps b3) and c3) having the formula: po to veikia tokiose sąlygose, kurios tinkamos (I) junginio gavimui, paverčiant R'į ir/arba R'2 grupes atitinkamai Rj ir/ arba R2 grupėmis.then operating under conditions suitable for the preparation of compound (I) by converting R 1 and / or R 2 groups into R 1 and / or R 2 groups respectively. 1010th 11. Tarpiniai junginiai, turintys formulę:11. Intermediates of Formula: kurioje:where: 103103 - R3 yra vandenilis, alkilas C1-C6, nepakeistas arba pakeistas vienu arba keliais halogeno atomais, alkenilas C2-C6, cikloalkilas C3-C7, fenilas, fenilalkilas, kurio alkilas Cx-C3tipo, fenilalkenilas, turintis alkenilą C2-C3 tipo, be to, nurodytos fenilo grupės yra nepakeistos arba pakeistos vieną arba keletą kartų halogeno atomais, alkilu C-^-Cą, hidroksilu arba alkoksigrupe C1-C4;- R 3 is hydrogen, alkyl C 1 -C 6 , unsubstituted or substituted by one or more halogen atoms, alkenyl C 2 -C 6 , cycloalkyl C 3 -C 7 , phenyl, phenylalkyl of which C x -C 3 alkyl, phenylalkenyl having an alkenyl type C 2 -C 3 , wherein said phenyl groups are unsubstituted or substituted one or more times with halogen, C 1-4 alkyl, hydroxy or C 1 -C 4 alkoxy; - R4 ir R5 kiekvienas, nepriklausomai vienas nuo kito, yra alkilas C^-Cg, fenilas, fenilalkilas, kurio alkilas yra C^-C^ tipo, be to, nurodytos alkilo, fenilo ir fenilalkilo grupės yra nepakeistos arba pakeistos vienu arba keliais halogeno atomais arba viena grupe, parinkta iŠ perfluoralkilo C1-C4, hidroksilo, alkoksigrupės Cj^-Cą;- R 4 and R 5 are each independently C 1 -C 8 alkyl, phenyl, phenylalkyl having C 1 -C 4 alkyl, and the alkyl, phenyl and phenylalkyl groups mentioned are not substituted or mono- several halogen atoms or one group selected from perfluoroalkyl C 1 -C 4 , hydroxyl, C 1 -C 4 alkoxy; - arba R4 ir R5 kartu sudaro grupę, turinčią formulę =CR7R8, kurioje R7 yra vandenilis, alkilas C7-C4 arba fenilas, o R8 yra alkilas C1-C4 arba fenilas;- or R 4 and R 5 together form a group of the formula = CR 7 R 8 wherein R 7 is hydrogen, alkyl C 7 -C 4 or phenyl, and R 8 is alkyl C 1 -C 4 or phenyl; - arba R4 ir Rs, sujungti kartu, yra arba grupė, kurios formulė (CH2)n, arba grupė, turinti formulę (CH2)p γ (CH2)q, kurioje γ yra arba deguonies atomas, arba sieros atomas, arba anglies atomas, pakeistas alkilu Cx-C4, fenilu arba fenilalkilu, kurio alkilas yra C1-C3 tipo, arba grupe N-RĄ, kurije R6 yra vandenilis, alkilasC1-C4, fenilalkilas, kurio alkilas yra CxC3 tipo, alkilkarbonilas C7-C4, halogenalkilkarbonilas Cx-C4, polihalogenalkilkarbonilas C^Cą, benzoilas, alfa-aminoacilas arba N-apsaugos grupė, arba R4 ir R5 kartu su anglies, prie kurio jie prijungti, atomu sudaro indaną arba adamantaną;- either R 4 and R s , taken together, are either a group of formula (CH 2 ) n or a group of formula (CH 2 ) p γ (CH 2 ) q where γ is either an oxygen atom or a sulfur atom or a carbon atom substituted by alkyl C x -C 4, phenyl or phenylalkyl wherein alkyl is a C 1 -C 3 type or a group NR Ä, Kurija R 6 is hydrogen, C 1 alkilasC 4, phenylalkyl wherein the alkyl is C x C 3 , alkylcarbonyl C 7 -C 4 , haloalkylcarbonyl C x -C 4 , polyhaloalkylcarbonyl C 4 -C 6 , benzoyl, alpha-aminoacyl or N-protecting group, or R 4 and R 5 together with the carbon to which they are attached, forms an indane or adamantane in an atom; - p+q=m;- p + q = m; - n yra svekas skaičius nuo 2 iki 4;- n is a number from 2 to 4; 104104 - m yra sveikas skaičius nuo 2 iki 5;- m is an integer from 2 to 5; - X yra deguonies atomas arba sieros atomas;- X is an oxygen atom or a sulfur atom; - Z ir t lygūs nuliui arba vienas šių indeksų lygus nuliui, o kitas lygus vienetui, apribojant tuo, kad:- Z and t are zero or one of these indices is zero and the other is one, provided that: - jeigu Z ir t lygūs nuliui, o X yra deguonies atomas, tai R4 ir R5 nėra:- if Z and t are zero and X is an oxygen atom then R 4 and R 5 are not: - alkilas Cj-Cg, fenilas, fenilalkilas, kuriame alkilas yra Cx-C3 tipo, be to, nurodytos alkilo, fenilo ir fenilalkilo grupės yra nepakeistos arba pakeistos vienu arba keliais halogeno atomais arba viena grupe, parinkta iš perfluoralkilo C1-C4, hidroksilo, alkoksigrupės C^C^;- alkyl C 1 -C 8 , phenyl, phenylalkyl wherein the alkyl is C x -C 3 , and the alkyl, phenyl and phenylalkyl groups mentioned are unsubstituted or substituted with one or more halogen atoms or with one group selected from perfluoroalkyl C 1 -C 4 , hydroxyl, C 1 -C 4 alkoxy; arba R4 ir R5, sujungti kartu, nėra N-R6 grupė, kurioje R6 yra vandenilis, alkilas C1-C4, fenilalkilas, turintis tipo alkilą;or R 4 and R 5 taken together are not a group NR 6 where R 6 is hydrogen, alkyl C 1 -C 4 , phenylalkyl having alkyl type; - n nėra 6; arba kai R3 yra pakeistas fenilas, o R4 ir R5 kartu nėra (CH2)n grupė, kurioje n yra tarp 3 ir 5;- n is not 6; or when R 3 is substituted phenyl and R 4 and R 5 together are not a (CH 2 ) n group wherein n is between 3 and 5; - o kai Z=1, ir R3 yra fenilas, tai R4 ir R5, kiekvienas jų, nėra metilas.- and when Z = 1 and R 3 is phenyl, then R 4 and R 5 are each not methyl. 12. Junginys pagal 1 punktą, besiskiriantis tuo, kad turi formulę:12. A compound of claim 1 having the formula: π (II')π (II ') 105 kurioje X yra deguonies atomas arba sieros atomas, o R3 yra vandenilis, alkilas Cx-C6, nepakeistas arba pakeistas vienu arba keliais halogeno atomais; alkenilas C2-C6, cikloalkilas C3-C7, fenilas, fenilalkilas, kurio alkilas yra CL-C3 tipo, fenilalkenilas, kurio alkilas yra C^-C^ tipo, be to, nurodytos fenilo grupės yra nepakeistos arba pakeistos vieną arba keletą kartų halogeno atomu, alkilu C7-C4, halogenalkilu C1-C4, polihalogenalkilu C^-C^, hidroksilu arba alkoksigrupe C1-C4.Wherein X is oxygen or sulfur and R 3 is hydrogen, alkyl C x -C 6 , unsubstituted or substituted with one or more halogen atoms; alkenyl, C 2 -C 6, cycloalkyl C 3 -C 7, phenyl, phenylalkyl wherein alkyl is a C l -C 3 type phenylalkenyl wherein the alkyl is C₁-C₄-type, in addition, the phenyl group being unsubstituted or substituted one or more times halogen, alkyl C 7 -C 4 , haloalkyl C 1 -C 4 , polyhaloalkyl C 1 -C 4 , hydroxy or C 1 -C 4 alkoxy. 13. Junginys pagal 11 punktą, besiskiriantis tuo, kad turi formulę:13. The compound of claim 11 having the formula: (II) kurioje R3, R4, R5 ir X reikšmės tokios, kaip nurodytos aukščiau (11) junginiui pagal 10 punktą.(II) wherein R 3 , R 4 , R 5 and X are as defined above for compound (11) according to claim 10. 14. Junginys pagal 11 punktą, besiskiriantis tuo, kad turi formulę:14. The compound of claim 11 having the formula: (II ’) kurioje(II ') in which R3 yra vandenilis, alkilas C^-Cg, nepakeistas arba pakeistas vienu arba keliais halogeno atomais, alkenilas C2-C6, cikloalkilas C3-C7, fenilas, fenilalkilas, kuriame alkilas yra Ο73 tipo, fenilalkenilas, kurio alkenilas yra C2-C3 tipo, be to, nurodytos fenilo grupės yra nepakeistos arba pakeistos vieną arba keletą kartųR 3 is hydrogen, C 1 -C 8 alkyl, unsubstituted or substituted with one or more halogen atoms, C 2 -C 6 alkenyl, C 3 -C 7 cycloalkyl, phenyl, phenylalkyl wherein alkyl is Ο 7 -C 3 , phenylalkenyl, having alkenyl of the C 2 -C 3 type and the phenyl groups listed above being unsubstituted or substituted one or more times 106 halogeno atomu, alkilu C^-Cą, halogenalkilu C^-C^, polihalogenalkilu C^C,,, hidroksilu arba alkoksigrupe106 halogen atoms, alkyl C 1 -C 6, haloalkyl C 1 -C 4, polyhaloalkyl C 1 -C 4, hydroxy or alkoxy Οχ-C,;Οχ-C,; - R4 ir Rs kiekvienas, nepriklausomai vienas nuo kito, yra alkilas Cj^-Cg, fenilas, fenilalkilas, kuriame alkilas yra C1-C3 tipo, be to, nurodytos alkilo, fenilo ir fenilalkilo grupės yra nepakeistos arba pakeistos vienu arba keliais halogeno atomais arba viena grupe, parinkta iš perfluoralkilo Cx-C4, hidroksilo, alkoksigrupių Ο44;- R 4 and R 5 are each independently C 1-4 -C 8 alkyl, phenyl, phenylalkyl in which the alkyl is C 1 -C 3 , and the alkyl, phenyl and phenylalkyl groups mentioned are unsubstituted or substituted by one or more several halogen atoms or one group selected from perfluoroalkyl C x -C 4 , hydroxyl, alkoxy Ο 44 ; arba R4 ir R5 kartu sudaro grupę, turinčią formulę =CR7R8, kurioje R7 yra vandenilis, alkilas C^-C, arba fenilas, o R8 yra alkilas C1-C4 arba fenilas;or R 4 and R 5 together form a group of the formula = CR 7 R 8 wherein R 7 is hydrogen, alkyl C 1 -C 4 or phenyl, and R 8 is alkyl C 1 -C 4 or phenyl; - arba R4 ir R5, kartu sujungti, sudaro arba grupę, kurios formulė (CH2)n, arba grupę, turinčią formulę (CH2)p γ (CH2)q, kurioje γ yra arba deguonies atomas, arba sieros atomas, arba anglies atomas, pakeistas alkilu C-į-Cą, fenilu arba fenilalkilu, kurio alkilas yra Cx-C3 tipo, arba grupė N-R6, kurioje R6 yra vandenilis, alkilas Cj-C^, fenilalkilas, kurio alkilas yra CxC3 tipo, alkilkarbonilas C^-C^, halogenalkilkarbonilas Ci-C4, polihalogenalkilkarbonilas C4-C4, benzoilas, alfa-aminoacilas arba N-apsaugos grupė, arba R4 ir R5, kartu su anglies, prie kurio jie prijungti, atomu sudaro indaną arba adamantaną;- either R 4 and R 5 , taken together, form either a group of formula (CH 2 ) n or a group of formula (CH 2 ) p γ (CH 2 ) q in which γ is either an oxygen atom or a sulfur atom , or a carbon atom substituted with alkyl of C 1 -C 8, phenyl or phenylalkyl having alkyl of C x -C 3 , or a group NR 6 where R 6 is hydrogen, alkyl of C 1 -C 4 , phenylalkyl of alkyl of C x C 3 , alkylcarbonyl C 1 -C 4 , haloalkylcarbonyl C 1 -C 4 , polyhaloalkylcarbonyl C 4 -C 4 , benzoyl, alpha-aminoacyl or N-protecting group, or R 4 and R 5 together with the carbon to which they are attached attached, to form an indane or adamantane in an atom; - p+q=m;- p + q = m; - n yra sveikas skaičius nuo 1 iki 11;- n is an integer from 1 to 11; - m yra sveikas skaičius nuo 2 iki 5;- m is an integer from 2 to 5; 107107 - X yra deguonies atomas arba sieros atomas, apribojant tuo, kad R3 nėra fenilas, kai R4 ir R5 kiekvienas yra metilas.- X is an oxygen atom or a sulfur atom, provided that R 3 is not phenyl when R 4 and R 5 are each methyl. 15. Junginio pagal vieną iš 11-14 punktų gavimo būdas, besiskiriantis tuo, kadProcess for the preparation of a compound according to one of claims 11 to 14, characterized in that - junginį, kurio formulė:- a compound of the formula: r4-^^r 4 - ^^ ^•(CH2) zcoa^ • (CH 2 ) zcoa r5-^^r 5 - ^^ ^(CH2)tNH2 ^ (CH 2 ) t NH 2 13 13th ir kurioje R4 irand wherein R 4 and R5 reikšmės yraThe values of R 5 are tokios, such kokios what buvo was nurodytos anksčiau mentioned above (11) junginiui (11) for the compound pagal 10 according to 10 punktą, point, o A o A yra OH, NH2 arbais OH, NH 2 or OR', be to, R' OR 'plus R' yra vandenilis is hydrogen arba or
alkilas C^-Czį, veikia junginiu, turinčiu formulę:alkyl C 1 -C 2, acts on a compound of the formula: R3-B, 14 kurioje R3 reikšmės tokios, kaip nurodytos aukščiau (11) junginiui pagal 10 punktą, o B yra:R 3 -B wherein R 3 is as defined above for (11) in the compound of claim 10 and B is: - grupė C(OR)3;- group C (OR) 3 ; - grupė C- Group C ZH \ ORZ H \ OR - arba grupė COHal;- or a group COHal; be to, R yra alkilas C^-Cų, o Hal yra halogeno atomas, tinkamesnis chloras;in addition, R is alkyl C 1 -C 6 and Hal is a halogen atom, more preferably chlorine; - po to, esant būtinumui, tokiu būdu gautą junginį veikia Lawesson reagentu: 2,4-bis-(4-metoksifenil)-1,3ditia-2,4-difosfatan-2,4-disulfidu.- then, if necessary, treating the compound thus obtained with Lawesson's reagent: 2,4-bis- (4-methoxyphenyl) -1,3-dithia-2,4-diphosphatane-2,4-disulfide. 108108
16. Farmacinė kompozicija, besiskirianti tuo, kad kaip aktyvi medžiaga į ją įeina junginys pagal vieną iš 1-7 punktų.16. A pharmaceutical composition comprising a compound according to any one of claims 1 to 7 as an active ingredient. 17. Farmacinė kompozicija, besiskirianti tuo, kad į ją įeina junginys pagal vieną iš 1-7 punktų, kombinacijoje su beta-blokuoj ančių junginiu.17. A pharmaceutical composition comprising a compound according to any one of claims 1 to 7 in combination with a beta-blocking compound. 18. Farmacinė kompozicija, besisirianti tuo, kad į ją įeina junginys pagal vieną iš 1-7 punktų, kombinacijoje su diuretiku.A pharmaceutical composition comprising a compound according to any one of claims 1 to 7 in combination with a diuretic. 19. Farmacinė kompozicija, besiskirianti tuo, kad į ją įeina junginys pagal vieną iš 1-7 punktų, kombinacijoje su nesteroidiniu priešuždegiminiu junginiu.19. A pharmaceutical composition comprising a compound according to any one of claims 1 to 7 in combination with a non-steroidal anti-inflammatory compound. 20. Farmacinė kompozicija, besiskirianti tuo, kad į ją įeina junginys pagal vieną iš 1-7 punktų, kombinacijoje su kalcio antagonistu.20. A pharmaceutical composition comprising a compound according to any one of claims 1 to 7 in combination with a calcium antagonist. 21. Farmacinė kompozicija, besiskirianti tuo, kad į ją įeina junginys pagal vieną iš 1-7 punktų, kombinacijoje su trankvilizatoriumi.21. A pharmaceutical composition comprising a compound according to any one of claims 1 to 7 in combination with a tranquilizer.
LTIP586A 1990-03-20 1993-05-31 N-substituted heterocyclic derivatives, process fof their preparation, intermediates, process for their preparation and pharmaceutical composition LT3376B (en)

Applications Claiming Priority (1)

Application Number Priority Date Filing Date Title
FR9003563A FR2659967B1 (en) 1990-03-20 1990-03-20 N-SUBSTITUTED IMIDAZOLINONE DERIVATIVES, THEIR PREPARATION, THE PHARMACEUTICAL COMPOSITIONS CONTAINING SAME.

Publications (2)

Publication Number Publication Date
LTIP586A LTIP586A (en) 1994-12-27
LT3376B true LT3376B (en) 1995-08-25

Family

ID=9394923

Family Applications (1)

Application Number Title Priority Date Filing Date
LTIP586A LT3376B (en) 1990-03-20 1993-05-31 N-substituted heterocyclic derivatives, process fof their preparation, intermediates, process for their preparation and pharmaceutical composition

Country Status (3)

Country Link
FR (1) FR2659967B1 (en)
LT (1) LT3376B (en)
ZA (1) ZA912072B (en)

Families Citing this family (2)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
US5087634A (en) * 1990-10-31 1992-02-11 G. D. Searle & Co. N-substituted imidazol-2-one compounds for treatment of circulatory disorders
JP4880591B2 (en) 2004-06-04 2012-02-22 テバ ファーマシューティカル インダストリーズ リミティド Pharmaceutical composition comprising irbesartan

Family Cites Families (4)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
CA1334092C (en) * 1986-07-11 1995-01-24 David John Carini Angiotensin ii receptor blocking imidazoles
US4820843A (en) * 1987-05-22 1989-04-11 E. I. Du Pont De Nemours And Company Tetrazole intermediates to antihypertensive compounds
US5015651A (en) * 1988-01-07 1991-05-14 E. I. Du Pont De Nemours And Company Treatment of hypertension with 1,2,4-angiotensin II antagonists
CA1338238C (en) * 1988-01-07 1996-04-09 David John Carini Angiotensin ii receptor blocking imidazoles and combinations thereof with diuretics and nsaids

Non-Patent Citations (1)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Title
MICHAEL P. CAVA, MATTHEW I. LEVINSON: "Thionation reactions of lawessons reagents", TETRAHEDRON, 1985, pages 5061 - 5087, XP026645720, DOI: doi:10.1016/S0040-4020(01)96753-5

Also Published As

Publication number Publication date
ZA912072B (en) 1992-03-25
FR2659967A1 (en) 1991-09-27
FR2659967B1 (en) 1992-07-24
LTIP586A (en) 1994-12-27

Similar Documents

Publication Publication Date Title
US5352788A (en) N-substituted heterocyclic derivatives
RU2099331C1 (en) N-substituted heterocyclic derivatives or their salts, intermediate derivatives of pyrimidine and imidazoline and a pharmaceutical composition based on the substituted heterocyclic derivatives
US5183899A (en) Pyrazole derivative
JPH07215947A (en) 1-benzenesulfonyl-1,3-dihydro-2h-benzimidazol-2-one derivative
JPH05186431A (en) N-substituted heterocyclic derivative, preparation and medicinal composition
CA2286870C (en) Indazole amide compounds as serotoninergic agents
SK283463B6 (en) Indoline derivatives, process for their production, intermediates of this process and pharmaceutical compositions containing them
CZ282919B6 (en) Novel n-alkylene piperidine derivatives, process of their preparation, intermediate for their preparation and pharmaceutical compositions containing such derivatives
SK119795A3 (en) Indole derivatives as 5-ht1a and/or 5-ht2 ligands
EP0358903A2 (en) Indazole-3-carboxylic acid derivatives
MXPA04005999A (en) Piperazine derivative.
JPH0873439A (en) 1-benzyl-1,3-dihydro-2h-benzimidazol-2-one derivative,its preparation,and pharmaceutical composition containing it
US4945096A (en) Treatment of a depressive state with 2-[(4-piperidyl)methyl]-1,2,3,4-tetrahydroisoquinoline derivates
AU2008320718A1 (en) Indol-2-one derivatives disubstituted in the 3-position, preparation thereof and therapeutic use thereof
LT3148B (en) N-substituted heterocyclic derivatives, their preparation and pharmaceutical compositions containing them
LT3376B (en) N-substituted heterocyclic derivatives, process fof their preparation, intermediates, process for their preparation and pharmaceutical composition
JP2011505334A (en) New compounds
MXPA01005034A (en) Pyrrolidine derivatives-ccr-3 receptor antagonists
KR20050016991A (en) Mchir antagonists
MXPA99009422A (en) Indazole amide compounds as serotoninergic agents

Legal Events

Date Code Title Description
PD9A Change of patent owner

Free format text: SANOFI,32-34 RUE MARBEUF, 75008 PARIS,FR,19970918

PC9A Transfer of patents

Free format text: SANOFI-SYNTHELABO, 174 AVENUE DE FRANCE, 75013 PARIS,FR, 0000515,

PC9A Transfer of patents

Owner name: YARA INTERNATIONAL ASA, NO

Effective date: 20041213

Owner name: SANOFI-AVENTIS, FR

Effective date: 20041213

MK9A Expiry of a patent

Effective date: 20130531